Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Nokia Corporation

Nokia Corporation

nok · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker nok
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Nokia Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Nokia in 2005

The device on the cover is a Nokia 6233.

Review by the Board of Directors and 
Nokia Annual Accounts 2005

Key data 2005  .......................................................................................................................................  2

Review by the Board of Directors  ...............................................................................................  3

Annual Accounts 2005

Consolidated profi t and loss accounts, IFRS  .....................................................................................  6

Consolidated balance sheets, IFRS  ......................................................................................................  7

Consolidated cash fl ow statements, IFRS  .........................................................................................  8

Statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, IFRS  ................................................................. 10

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements  ........................................................................... 11

Profi t and loss accounts, parent company, FAS  ............................................................................. 38

Balance sheets, parent company, FAS  .............................................................................................. 38

Cash fl ow statements, parent company, FAS  ................................................................................. 39

Notes to the fi nancial statements of the parent company  ........................................................ 40

Nokia shares and shareholders  ......................................................................................................... 44

Nokia 2000 – 2005, IFRS  ........................................................................................................................ 48

Calculation of key ratios  ...................................................................................................................... 50

Proposal by the Board of Directors to the Annual General Meeting  ....................................... 51

Auditors’ report  ..................................................................................................................................... 52

Additional information

US GAAP  .................................................................................................................................................... 54

Critical accounting policies  ................................................................................................................ 59

Group Executive Board  ........................................................................................................................ 62

Board of Directors  ................................................................................................................................. 64

Risk factors  .............................................................................................................................................. 66

Corporate governance  ......................................................................................................................... 68

Investor information  ............................................................................................................................ 83

Contact information  ............................................................................................................................. 84

Key data 

Based on fi nancial 
statements according to 
International Financial 
Reporting Standards, IFRS 

Nokia, EURm 

Net sales 
Operating profi t 
Profi t before taxes 
Net profi t 
Research and development 

Return on capital employed, % 
Net debt to equity (gearing), % 

2005 

34 191 
4 639 
4 971 
3 616 
3 825 

36.7 
– 77 

2004
As revised 

Change, %

29 371 
4 326 
4 705 
3 192 
3 776 

31.5
– 79 

16
7
6
13
1

20
12

EUR 
Earnings per share, basic 
Dividend per share 
Average number of shares (1 000 shares) 
* Board’s proposal 

0.83 
0.37 * 

4 365 547 

0.69 
0.33 
4 593 196 

Business Groups, EURm 

Mobile Phones 
  Net sales 
  Operating profi t 
Multimedia 
  Net sales 
  Operating profi t 
Enterprise Solutions 
  Net sales 
  Operating profi t 
Networks 
  Net sales 
  Operating profi t 

Personnel, December 31 

Mobile Phones 
Multimedia 
Enterprise Solutions 
Networks 
Common Group Functions 
Nokia Group 

10 major markets, net sales, EURm 

China 
USA 
UK  
India 
Germany 
Russia 
Italy 
Spain 
Saudi Arabia 
France 

10 major countries 

Personnel, December 31
Finland 
United States 
China 
Hungary 
Germany 
Brazil 
UK  
Mexico 
India 
Denmark 

2005 

20 811 
3 598 

5 981 
836 

861 
– 258 

6 557 
855 

2005 

2 716 
2 799 
2 092 
18 332 
32 935 
58 874 

2005 

3 403 
2 743 
2 405 
2 022 
1 982 
1 410 
1 160 
923 
897 
870 

2005 

23 485 
5 883 
5 860 
4 186 
3 610 
2 184 
1 956 
1 901 
1 609 
1 362 

2004
As revised 

Change, %

18 521 
3 786 

3 676 
175

839 
– 210

6 431 
884 

12
– 5

63

3

2
– 3

2004 

Change, %

6
2
– 6
10
5
6

2 558 
2 738 
2 234 
16 595 
31 380 
55 505 

2004
As revised

2 678
3 430
2 269
1 369
1 730
946
884
768
750
604 

2004 

23 069 
6 706 
4 788 
3 778 
3 522 
2 640 
1 903 
1 160 
591 
1 296 

Main currencies, rates 
at the end of 2005

1 EUR 

USD  1.1972
GBP  0.6784
SEK  9.4326
JPY  139.29

2 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Review by the Board of Directors 2005

Nokia’s net sales increased 16% to EUR 34 191 million 
(EUR 29 371 million). Sales of Mobile Phones increased 
12% to EUR 20 811 million (EUR 18 521 million). Sales 
of Multimedia increased 63% to EUR 5 981 million 
(EUR 3 676 million). Sales of Enterprise Solutions 
increased 3% to EUR 861 million (EUR 839 million). 
Sales of Networks increased 2% to EUR 6 557 million 
(EUR  6  431 million). 

Nokia’s operating profi t for 2005 increased 7% 

to EUR 4 639 million, including net positive special 
items of EUR 80 million (operating profi t of EUR 4 326 
million in 2004, including net positive special items of 
EUR 33 million), representing a 2005 operating margin 
of 13.6% (14.7%). Operating profi t in Mobile Phones 
decreased 5% to EUR 3 598 million (operating profi t 
of EUR 3 786 million in 2004), representing a 2005 
operating margin of 17.3% (20.4%). Operating profi t 
in Multimedia increased to EUR 836 million, including 
net positive special items of EUR 4 million (operating 
profi t of EUR 175 million in 2004), representing a 2005 
operating margin of 14.0% (4.8%). Enterprise Solu-
tions operating loss was EUR 258 million, including a 
EUR 29 million restructuring charge (operating loss of 
EUR 210 million in 2004). Operating profi t in Networks 
decreased to EUR 855 million, including net positive 
special items of EUR 60 million (operating profi t of 
EUR 884 million in 2004, including net negative special 
items of EUR 115 million) representing a 2005 operat-
ing margin of 13.0% (13.7%).

Common Group expenses totaled EUR 392 million, 

including EUR 45 million gain for real estate sales. 
Common Group expenses in 2004 totaled 309 million, 
including a one time positive item of EUR 160 million 
representing the premium returns under our multi-
line, multi-year insurance program, which expired in 
2004, and a EUR 12 million loss from the divestiture of 
Nextrom.

In 2005, net fi nancial income was EUR 322 million 

(EUR 405 million), including a EUR 57 million gain for 
the sale of the France Telecom bond (EUR 106 million 
gain in 2004).

Profi t before tax and minority interests was 
EUR 4 971 million (EUR 4 705 million). Net profi t totaled 
EUR 3 616 million (EUR 3 192 million). Earnings per share 
increased to EUR 0.83 (basic) and EUR 0.83 (diluted), 

compared to EUR 0.69 (basic) and EUR 0.69 (diluted) in 
2004.

tions running on device platforms from Nokia would 
be EUR 340 million in 2005 alone.

As of December 31, 2005, our net debt-to-equity 
ratio (gearing) was – 77% (– 79% as of December 31, 
2004). In 2005, capital expenditure amounted to EUR 
607 million (EUR 548 million).

Global reach
In 2005, Europe accounted for 42% of Nokia’s net sales 
(41% in 2004), Asia-Pacifi c 18% (16%), China 11% (10%), 
North America 8% (12%), Latin America 8% (9%), and 
Middle East & Africa 13% (12%). The 10 markets in 
which Nokia generated the greatest net sales in 2005 
were, in descending order of magnitude, China, the 
US, the UK, India, Germany, Russia, Italy, Spain, Saudi 
Arabia and France, together representing 52% of total 
net sales in 2005. In comparison, the 10 markets in 
which Nokia generated the greatest net sales in 2004 
were the US, China, the UK, Germany, India, Brazil, Rus-
sia, the United Arab Emirates, Italy and Spain, together 
representing 55 % of total net sales in 2004.

Research and development, and technology
As of December 31, 2005, we employed 20  882 people 
in research and development in 26 countries, repre-
senting approximately 36% of Nokia’s total workforce. 
R&D expenses totaled EUR 3 825 million in 2005, an 
increase of 1% from 2004 (EUR 3 776 million). R&D ex-
penses represented 11.2% of Nokia’s net sales in 2005, 
compared to 12.9% of net sales in 2004. 

In February 2005, Nokia introduced the S60 Plat-
form 3rd Edition, aimed at supporting the platform’s 
expansion into the mid range and catering to new 
segments such as multimedia and enterprise. By year 
end, S60 licensees had introduced a cumulative total 
of 34 smartphone models based on the platform, 
strengthening S60’s position as the industry’s number 
one smartphone platform. During the year, Nokia 
introduced 14 devices based on the Symbian OS, upon 
which the S60 platform is built.

Memberships in Forum Nokia, the world’s largest 
mobile application developer community, passed the 
2 million mark in May 2005. Forum Nokia estimated, in 
November 2005, that the total global revenue earned 
by third party developers from mobile Java applica-

Nokia in mobile devices in 2005
In our Mobile Phones, Multimedia and Enterprise 
Solutions business groups, combined mobile device 
volumes were up 28% in 2005, compared to 2004, 
reaching 265 million units – a new annual volume 
record for Nokia. Market volume for the same period 
was estimated at 795 million units, an increase of 24%. 
Based on our preliminary market estimate, Nokia’s 
market share grew to 33% in 2005, compared to 32% 
in 2004.

In smartphones, according to Nokia estimates, 

the total industry volume reached approximately 
46.3 million units in 2005, compared to an estimated 
20.6 million units in 2004. Nokia’s own smartphone 
volumes in 2005 grew to 28.5 million units, compared 
to 11.8 million units in 2004. Nokia shipped more than 
40 million mobile devices with an integrated music 
player in 2005.

Mobile Phones in 2005
During 2005, Mobile Phones introduced 41 new mobile 
device models, including 18 new CDMA phones. Of the 
new models, 32 were in the mid range or high end, 
while nine were at the entry level.

Launch highlights from 2005:

» 

Nokia’s fi rst operator-specifi c designs, including 
the Nokia 6102 and Nokia 6234

»  Mobile Phones fi rst 3G phones for the mass mar-

ket: the Nokia 6280/6282 and Nokia 6233/6234

»  Mobile Phones fi rst music phone: the Nokia 3250

» 

The L’Amour fashion collection: the Nokia 7380, 
Nokia 7370 and Nokia 7360

The high end Nokia 6230 and Nokia 6230i were Nokia’s 
highest revenue generating phones in 2005. These two 
products were also the industry’s best selling devices 
in Europe during each month of the year. By the end 
of 2005, our combined cumulative volumes of the two 
devices had reached approximately 25 million units.

>>>

Review by the Board of Directors 

3

 
Review by the Board of Directors

Multimedia in 2005
Multimedia’s business continued to develop well 
in 2005, driven by growing demand for converged 
mobile devices with advanced imaging, music, web 
browsing and email functionality. Nokia became the 
global market leader in 3G/WCDMA devices during the 
year, as a result of high sales of products such as the 
Nokia 6680 and the Nokia 6630, as well as the Nokia 
N70 towards the end of 2005.

A key development during the year was the 
launch of the Nokia Nseries sub-brand and mul-
timedia computer product category. In 2005, we 
announced six Nokia Nseries multimedia computer 
models, two of which began shipping during the 
year. Targeting early adopters and technology leaders, 
these advanced mobile devices include Carl Zeiss 
optics, megapixel cameras, multi-gigabyte memories, 
stereo sound, VHS resolution video and WLAN con-
nectivity.

Other developments in 2005 include:

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

The launch of the Nokia 770 Internet Tablet, our 
fi rst device in the new Internet Tablet category

The announcement of collaboration agreements 
with Yahoo!, Carl Zeiss, Microsoft, Bose, Harman 
Kardon, JBL and Sennheiser

The launch of the world’s fi rst DVB-H enabled 
mobile device, the Nokia N92

Cumulative deliveries of Nokia’s Mobile Broadcast 
Solution server 3.0 reached 25 by year end

The announcement of plans to expand the 
N-Gage multiplayer gaming experience across a 
range of Nokia smartphones and Nokia Nseries 
devices

Net sales by business group

Jan. 1 – Dec. 31 

Mobile Phones 
Multimedia 
Enterprise Solutions 
Networks 
Inter-business group eliminations 
Nokia Group 

2005 
EURm 

20 811 
5 981 
861 
6 557 
–19 
34 191 

% 

61 
17 
3 
19 
 – 
100 

2004 
EURm 

18 521 
3 676 
839 
6 431 
–96 
29 371 

% 

Change

63 
12 
3 
22 
– 
100 

12
63
3
2
–
16

Operating profi t by business group

Jan. 1 – Dec. 31 

Mobile Phones 
Multimedia 
Enterprise Solutions 
Networks 
Common Group Expenses 
Nokia Group 

2005 
EURm 

% of net 
sales 

3 598 
836 
–258 
855 
–392 
4 639 

17.3 
14.0 
–30.0 
13.0 
– 
13.6 

2004 
EURm 

3 786 
175 
–210 
884 
–309 
4 326 

% of net
sales

20.4
4.8
–25.0
13.7
– 
14.7 

4 

Nokia in 2005

Enterprise Solutions in 2005
In 2005, the Nokia 9500 Communicator and Nokia 
9300 enterprise smartphone began shipping in 
volumes. Nokia also began shipping both devices with 
BlackBerry Connect software, reaching more than 30 
operators and distributors worldwide.

Enterprise Solutions made a number of 
announcements during the year, including:

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

The launch of the Nokia Business Center software 
solution

The pending acquisition of Intellisync

The launch of the Nokia Eseries devices

A licensing agreement for Microsoft Corp’s Active-
Sync to enable direct over-the-air synchroniza-
tion between Nokia enterprise mobile devices 
and the Microsoft Exchange Server 2003

Plans to work closely with Cisco, OnRelay, and 
Avaya on enterprise options for mobile voice

Networks in 2005
During 2005, Networks announced 16 contracts in 
3G/WCDMA, including agreements with 10 new cus-
tomers. By year end, Nokia had supplied to a total of 
44 of the 100 operators that had launched commercial 
3G/WCDMA services to date. In the growing HSDPA 
market we announced seven deals, bringing Nokia’s 
total HSDPA references to 20.

In GSM, EDGE and GPRS, we signed some 20 
contracts in 2005. By year end, Nokia had delivered 
GSM/EDGE technology to more than 130 customers in 
nearly 70 countries, was a supplier to 45 of the 121 
operators that had launched EDGE commercially, and 
had signed more than 50 contracts for EDGE.

In core networks, Nokia cemented its leader-
ship in the 3GPP Release 4 mobile softswitch market, 
with 60 deals for the Nokia MSC Server System (MSS) 
during 2005. In the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) 
market, Nokia won 11 commercial deals and trialed 
the solution with almost 20 operators. In GSM-based 
Push to Talk over Cellular, we won contracts with 24 
new customers in 2005. In fi xed-mobile convergence, 
we concluded agreements with 10 customers and 
launched our Voice over IP (VoIP) server.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Review by the Board of Directors

of the share capital of the company and the total 
voting rights.

The total number of shares at December 31, 2005 

was 4 433 886 540. On December 31, 2005, Nokia’s 
share capital was EUR 266 033 192.40.

Outlook for the full year 2006
Nokia expects the mobile device market volume to 
grow more than 10% in 2006, from our preliminary es-
timate of approximately 795 million units in 2005. We 
also expect the device industry to experience value 
growth in 2006, but expect some decline in industry 
ASPs, primarily refl ecting the increasing impact of the 
emerging markets. Nokia expects moderate growth 
in the mobile infrastructure market in euro terms in 
2006. Nokia’s goal is to increase its market share both 
in mobile devices and the infrastructure market, in 
order to build on its industry leading position.

Dividend
Nokia’s Board of Directors will propose a dividend of 
EUR 0.37 per share for 2005.

Review by the Board of Directors 

5

Nokia’s Services Business unit was created at the 
start of 2005, focusing on managed services, consult-
ing and integration. By year end, Services accounted 
for more than 30 percent of Networks revenues, and 
major deals included a managed services contract 
with Bharti Tele-Ventures.

During 2005, Networks honed its business focus, 
selling its professional mobile radio business to EADS. 
We also entered new growth markets like Bangladesh 
and Vietnam, and established a new presence in 
countries such as Tunisia.  

Acquisitions and divestments
In November 2005, Nokia announced the acquisition 
of Intellisync Corporation, a leader in platform-inde-
pendent wireless messaging and mobile software. 
This acquisition is planned to position Nokia to deliver 
the industry’s most complete offering for the develop-
ment, deployment and management of mobility in the 
enterprise. The transaction is also planned to enhance 
Nokia’s ability to respond to customer needs in this 
fast growing market. The acquisition is currently 
scheduled to be completed during the fi rst quarter of 
2006, subject to the approval of Intellisync sharehold-
ers and other customary closing conditions.

In September 2005, Nokia’s Professional Mobile 
Radio business, including TETRA infrastructure and 
terminals, was acquired by and transferred to EADS.

Changes in the management 
The Board of Directors has released Mr. Jorma Ollila, 
Chairman and CEO, upon his request from his duties as 
the CEO and Chairman of the Group Executive Board 
effective June 1, 2006. Mr. Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo was 
appointed President and COO as of October 1, 2005 and 
President and CEO and Chairman of the Group Executive 
Board as of June 1, 2006. Mr. Pekka Ala-Pietilä, formerly 
President of Nokia and Head of Customer and Market 
Operations, resigned from the Group Executive Board 
and his position as President effective October 1, 2005.

Personnel
The average number of personnel for 2005 was 56 896 
(53 511 for 2004). At the end of 2005, Nokia employed 
58 874 people worldwide (55 505 at year end 2004). In 
2005, Nokia’s personnel increased by a total of 3 369 
employees (increase of 4 146 in 2004).

Shares and share capital
In 2005, Nokia’s share capital increased by EUR 
7  514.40 as a result of the issue of 125 240 new shares 
upon exercise of stock options issued to personnel 
in 2003. As a result of the new share issues, Nokia 
received a total of EUR 1 659 743.60 in additional 
shareholders’ equity in 2005. Effective April 22, 2005, a 
total of 230 million shares held by the company were 
cancelled pursuant to the shareholders’ resolution 
taken at the Annual General Meeting on April 7, 2005. 
As a result of the cancellation, the share capital was 
reduced by the aggregate par value of the shares 
cancelled, EUR 13 800 000, which corresponded to 
less than 5% of the share capital of the company and 
the total voting rights at that time. The cancellation 
did not reduce the shareholders’ equity. Neither the 
aforementioned issuances nor the cancellation of 
shares had any signifi cant effect on the relative hold-
ings of the other shareholders of the company nor on 
their voting power.

Nokia repurchased through its share repurchase 

plans a total of 315 010 000 shares on the Helsinki 
Exchange at an aggregate price of approximately 
EUR 4  265 billion during the period from January 28, 
2005 to December 23, 2005. The price paid was based 
on the market price at the time of repurchase. The 
shares were repurchased to be used for the purposes 
specifi ed in the authorizations given by the Annual 
General Meetings of 2004 and 2005 to the Board. The 
aggregate par value of the shares purchased was 
EUR 18 900 600, representing approximately 7.10% of 
the share capital of the company and the total voting 
rights. These new holdings did not have any signifi -
cant effect on the relative holdings of the other share-
holders of the company nor on their voting power.
On December 31, 2005, Nokia and its sub-

sidiary companies owned 261 511 283 Nokia 
shares. The shares had an aggregate par value of 
EUR 15 690 676.98, representing approximately 5.9% 

 
Consolidated fi nancial statements according to IFRS

Consolidated profi t and loss accounts, IFRS

Financial year ended December 31 

Notes 

Net sales 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Research and development expenses 

Selling and marketing expenses 

Administrative and general expenses 

Other income 

Other expenses 

Customer finance impairment charges, net of reversals 

Impairment of goodwill  

Amortization of goodwill 

7 

8 

8, 9 

9 

9 

11 

Operating profit 

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 

Share of results of associated companies 

Financial income and expenses 

Profit before tax 

Tax   

Profit before minority interests 

Minority interests  

34 

12 

13 

2005 

EURm 

34 191 

– 22 209 

2004 
As revised 
EURm 

29 371 

– 18 179 

2003
As revised
EURm

29 533

– 17 325

11 982 

– 3 825 

– 2 961 

– 609 

 285 

– 233 

–  

–  

–  

4 639 

 10 

 322 

4 971 

– 1 281 

3 690 

– 74 

11 192 

– 3 776 

– 2 564 

– 611 

 343 

– 162 

–  

–  

– 96 

4 326 

– 26 

 405 

4 705 

– 1 446 

3 259 

– 67 

12 208

– 3 788

– 2 657

– 635

 300

– 384

 226

– 151

– 159

4 960

– 18

 352

5 294

– 1 697

3 597

– 54

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent 

3 616 

3 192 

3 543

Earnings per share 
(for profit attributable to the equity holders of the parent) 

31 

EURm 

2005 

Basic 

Diluted 

0.83 

0.83 

2004 
As revised 
EURm 

0.69 

0.69 

2003
As revised
EURm

0.74

0.74

Average number of shares 
(1 000 shares) 

Basic 

Diluted 

See Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

31 

2005 

2004 

2003

4 365 547 

4 371 239 

4 593 196 

4 600 337 

4 761 121

4 761 160

6 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated fi nancial statements according to IFRS

Consolidated balance sheets, IFRS

December 31 

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Capitalized development costs  

Goodwill  

Other intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Investments in associated companies 

Available-for-sale investments 

Deferred tax assets 

Long-term loans receivable 

Other non-current assets 

Current assets 

Inventories 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts 
(2005: EUR 281 million, 2004: EUR 361 million) 

Prepaid expenses and accrued income 

Other financial assets 

Available-for-sale investments  

Available-for-sale investments, liquid assets 

Available-for-sale investments, cash equivalents 

Bank and cash 

Total assets 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Capital and reserves attributable  to equity holders of the parent

Share capital 

Share issue premium 

Treasury shares, at cost 

Translation differences  

Fair value and other reserves  

Retained earnings 

Minority interests  

Total equity 

Non-current liabilities 

Long-term interest-bearing liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Other long-term liabilities 

Current liabilities

Short-term borrowings 

Accounts payable  

Accrued expenses 

Provisions 

2005 

Notes 

EURm 

2004
As revised
EURm

14 

14 

14 

15 

16 

17 

27 

18 

 260 

  90 

  211 

 1 585 

  193 

  246 

  692 

  63 

  7 

 3 347 

19, 21 

 1 668 

20, 21 

20 

17 

17 

17, 35 

35 

23 

22 

25 

26

27 

28 

29 

30 

 5 346 

 1 938 

  89 

– 

 6 852 

 1 493 

 1 565 

 18 951 

 22 298 

  266 

 2 458 

– 3 616 

  69 

– 176 

 13 154 

 12 155 

  205 

 12 360 

  21 

  151 

  96 

  268 

  377 

 3 494 

 3 320 

 2 479 

 9 670 

  278

  90

  209

 1 534

  200

  169

  623

–

  58

 3 161

 1 305

 4 382

 1 429

  595

  255

 9 085

 1 367

 1 090

 19 508

 22 669

  280

 2 366

– 2 022

– 126

  13

 13 720

 14 231

  168

 14 399

  19

  179

  96

  294

  215

 2 669

 2 604

 2 488

 7 976

Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities 

 22 298 

 22 669

See Notes to consolidated financial statements. 

Consolidated fi nancial statements 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated fi nancial statements according to IFRS

Consolidated cash fl ow statements, IFRS

2005 

Financial year ended December 31 

Notes 

EURm 

2004 
As revised 
EURm 

2003
As revised
EURm

Cash flow from operating activities 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent 

Adjustments, total 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent
before change in net working capital 

Change in net working capital 

Cash generated from operations 

Interest received 

Interest paid 

Other financial income and expenses, net received 

35 

35 

Income taxes paid 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flow from investing activities

Acquisition of Group companies 

Purchase of current available-for-sale investments, liquid assets   

Purchase of non-current available-for-sale investments 

Purchase of shares in associated companies 

Additions to capitalized development costs 

Long-term loans made to customers 

Proceeds from repayment and sale of long-term loans receivable  

Proceeds from (+) / payment of (–) other long-term receivables 

Proceeds from short-term loans receivable 

Capital expenditures 

Proceeds from disposal of shares in Group companies,
net of disposed cash 

Proceeds from disposal of shares in associated companies 

Proceeds from disposal of businesses 

Proceeds from maturities and sale of current 
available-for-sale investments, liquid assets 

Proceeds from sale of current available-for-sale investments 

Proceeds from sale of non-current available-for-sale investments  

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets 

Dividends received 

Net cash from (used in) investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities 

Proceeds from stock option exercises 

Purchase of treasury shares 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings 

Repayment of long-term borrowings 

Proceeds from (+) / repayment of (–) short-term borrowings 

Dividends paid 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Foreign exchange adjustment 

Net increase (+) / decrease (–) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

 3 616 

 1 774 

 5 390 

– 366 

 5 024 

  353 

– 26 

 47 

– 1 254 

 4 144 

 3 192 

 2 059 

 5 251 

  241 

 5 492 

  204 

– 26 

  41 

– 1 368 

 4 343 

 3 543

 2 992

 6 535

– 184

 6 351

  256

– 33

  118

– 1 440

 5 252

– 92 

– 7 277 

–  

– 7

– 10 318 

– 11 695

– 89 

– 16 

– 153 

– 56 

–  

  14 

  182 

– 607 

 5 

 18 

 95 

 9 402 

 247 

3 

 167 

 1 

 1 844 

 2 

– 4 258 

 5 

–  

 212 

– 1 531 

– 5 570 

 183 

601 

 2 457 

 3 058 

– 388 

– 109 

– 101 

–  

  368 

  2 

  66 

– 548 

 1 

–  

–  

 9 737 

 587 

 346 

 6 

 22 

– 329 

–  

– 2 648 

 1 

– 3 

– 255 

– 1 413 

– 4 318 

– 23 

– 327 

 2 784 

 2 457 

– 282

– 61

– 218

– 97

  315

– 18

  63

– 432

– 

– 

– 

 8 793

– 

 381

 19

 24

– 3 215

 23

– 1 355

 8

– 56

– 22

– 1 378

– 2 780

– 146

– 889

 3 673

 2 784

8 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated fi nancial statements according to IFRS

Consolidated cash fl ow statements, IFRS (continued)

Financial year ended December 31 

Notes 

EURm 

2005 

2004 
As revised 
EURm 

2003
As revised
EURm

Cash and cash equivalents comprise of:

Bank and cash 

Current available-for-sale investments,
cash equivalents 

 1 565 

 1 090 

17, 38 

 1 493 

 3 058 

 1 367 

 2 457 

 1 145

 1 639

 2 784

See Notes to consolidated financial statements. 

The figures in the consolidated cash flow statement cannot be directly traced from 
the balance sheet without additional information as a result of acquisitions and dis-
posals of subsidiaries and net foreign exchange differences arising on consolidation. 

Consolidated fi nancial statements 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated fi nancial statements according to IFRS

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, IFRS

  Fair value 

Before

Group, EURm 

Number of 
shares (000’s) 

Share  Share issue 
 capital  premium 

Treasury  Translation  and other  Retained  minority   Minority
interests 
reserves   earnings 

shares  differences  

interests 

Total

Balance at January 1, 2003 

4 786 762 

287 

2 225 

– 20 

135 

Impact of implementing IAS 39(R) 

Revised balance at January 1, 2003 

4 786 762 

287 

2 225 

– 20 

135 

Tax benefit on stock options exercised 
Translation differences 
Net investment hedge gains 
Cash flow hedges, net of tax 1 
Available-for-sale investments, net of tax 
Other increase, net 
Profit 1 

Total recognized income and expense 
Share issue related to acquisitions 
Stock options exercised 
Stock options exercised related to acquisitions 
Share-based compensation 1, 2 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Reissuance of treasury shares 
Dividend 

– 95 339 
460 

1 225 
7 160 

13 

13 
18 
22 
– 6 
41 

–  

1 

Total of other equity movements 

Revised balance at December 31, 2003 

4 700 268 

1 

288 

75 

2 313 

– 1 353 

– 1 373 

– 7 

– 21 

– 28 

10 
98 

– 375 
155 

–  

– 220 

108 

– 1 363 
10 

–  

– 85 

– 119 
78 

–  

80 

– 1 
– 66 

Translation differences 
Net investment hedge gains 
Cash flow hedges, net of tax 1 
Available-for-sale investments, net of tax 
Other decrease, net 
Profit (1) 

Total recognized income and expense 

Stock options exercised 
Stock options exercised related to acquisitions 
Share-based compensation 1, 2 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Reissuance of treasury shares 
Cancellation of treasury shares 
Dividend 

– 214 120 
788 

Total of other equity movements 

Revised balance at December 31, 2004 

4 486 941 

Tax benefit on stock options exercised 
Translation differences 
Net investment hedge losses 
Cash flow hedges, net of tax 
Available-for-sale investments, net of tax 
Other decrease, net 
Profit  

5 

–  
–  

– 8 

– 8 

280 

Total recognized income and expense 

–  

125 

Stock options exercised 
Stock options exercised related to acquisitions 
Share-based compensation 2 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Reissuance of treasury shares 
Cancellation of treasury shares 
Dividend 

– 315 174 
484 

Total of other equity movements 

Balance at December 31, 2005 

4 172 376 

– 14 

– 14 

266 

–  
–  
– 8 
53 

8 

–  

– 41 

– 67 

– 2 661 
14 
1 998 

53 

– 649 

2 366 

– 2 022 

– 2 

–  

– 126 

406 
– 211 

–  

13 

– 132 
– 57 

– 2 
2 
– 1 
79 

14 

94 

2 458 

–  

195 

– 189 

– 4 268 
10 
2 664 

– 1 594 

– 3 616 

–  

69 

–  

– 176 

11 661 

14 281 

173 

14 454

21 

11 682 

40 
3 543 
3 583 

– 1 340 
– 1 340 

13 925 

– 1 
3 192 
3 191 

– 1 998 
– 1 398 
– 3 396 

13 720 

– 55 
3 616 
3 561 

– 2 664 
– 1 463 
– 4 127 

13 154 

14 281 

13 
– 375 
155 
10 
98 
40 
3 543 
3 484 
18 
23 
– 6 
41 
– 1 363 
10 
– 1 340 
– 2 617 

15 148 

– 119 
78 
– 1 
– 66 
– 1 
3 192 
3 083 
–  
– 8 
53 
– 2 661 
14 
–  
– 1 398 
– 4 000 

14 231 

– 2 
406 
– 211 
– 132 
– 57 
– 55 
3 616 
3 565 
2 
– 1 
79 
– 4 268 
10 
–  
– 1 463 
– 5 641 

12 155 

173 

– 33 

8 
54 
29 

– 38 
– 38 

164 

– 16 

– 5 
67 
46 

– 42 
– 42 

168 

31 

1 
74 
106 

– 69 
– 69 

205 

14 454

13
– 408
155
10
98
48
3 597
3 513
18
23
– 6
41
– 1 363
10
– 1 378
– 2 655

15 312

– 135
78
– 1
– 66
– 6
3 259
3 129
– 
– 8
53
– 2 661
14
– 
– 1 440
– 4 042

14 399

– 2
437
– 211
– 132
– 57
– 54
3 690
3 671
2
– 1
79
– 4 268
10
– 
– 1 532
– 5 710

12 360

1  

2  

2003 and 2004 financial statements have been revised to reflect the retrospective
implementation of IFRS 2 and IAS 39(R). See Note 2.

Dividends declared per share were EUR 0.37 for 2005 (EUR 0.33 for 2004 and EUR 0.30 for 2003), subject to 
shareholders’ approval. 

Share-based compensation is shown net of deferred compensation recorded related 
to social security costs on share-based payments

10 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1.  Accounting principles

Basis of presentation
The consolidated fi nancial statements of Nokia 
Corporation (“Nokia” or “the Group”), a Finnish 
limited liability company with domicile in Helsinki, are 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS). The consolidated fi nancial 
statements are presented in millions of euros (EURm), 
except as noted, and are prepared under the historical 
cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting 
policies below. The notes to the consolidated fi nancial 
statements also conform with Finnish Accounting 
legislation.

As of January 1, 2005 the Group adopted IFRS  2, 

Share-based Payment. The standard requires the 
recognition of share-based payment transactions 
in fi nancial statements, including transactions with 
employees or other parties to be settled in cash, other 
assets, or equity instruments of the Company. Prior to 
the adoption of IFRS 2, the Group did not recognize the 
fi nancial effect of share-based payments until such 
payments were settled. In accordance with the tran-
sitional provisions of IFRS 2, the Standard has been 
applied retrospectively to all grants of shares, share 
options or other equity instruments that were granted 
after November 7, 2002 and that were not yet vested at 
the effective date of the standard.

the Group has changed its accounting policy for the 
translation differences of goodwill arising on acquisi-
tions of foreign companies made after January 1, 2005. 
Goodwill on acquisitions of foreign companies made 
prior to that is translated to euros at historical rates. 
In accordance with IAS 21(R), goodwill on acquisitions 
of foreign companies made after January 1, 2005, is 
translated into euros at closing rates.

The impacts of IFRS 3 and IAS 21(R) are prospec-

tive from January 1, 2005. The adoption of IFRS 3, 
IAS  21(R), IAS 36(R) and IAS 38(R) did not have any 
impact to the Group’s fi nancial position, results of 
operations or cash fl ows.

Principles of consolidation
The consolidated fi nancial statements include the 
accounts of Nokia’s parent company (“Parent Com-
pany”), and each of those companies in which it either 
owns, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, over 
50 % of the voting rights, or over which it has control 
of their operating and fi nancial policies. The Group’s 
share of profi ts and losses of associated companies 
(generally 20 % to 50 % voting rights or over which 
the Group has signifi cant infl uence) is included in the 
consolidated profi t and loss account in accordance 
with the equity method of accounting.

As of January 1, 2005 the Group adopted IAS 39(R), 

All inter-company transactions are eliminated as 

Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measure-
ment, which supersedes IAS 39 (revised 2000). Under 
IAS  39(R), hedge accounting is no longer allowed under 
Treasury Center foreign exchange netting. This change 
is retrospective for the Group as an existing IFRS user.
The comparative fi gures for 2004 and 2003 
have been revised to refl ect the adoption of IFRS 2 
and IAS  39(R) and the effects are summarized in the 
consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ 
equity, and further information is disclosed in the 
accounting policies and in Notes to the consolidated 
fi nancial statements.

The Group adopted IFRS 3, Business Combinations 

together with IAS 36(R), Impairment of Assets, and 
IAS  38(R), Intangible Assets, as of January 1, 2005, re-
sulting in a change in the accounting policy for good-
will. Until December 31, 2004, goodwill was amortized 
on a straight line basis over its expected useful life 
over a period ranging from two to fi ve years and as-
sessed for an indication of impairment, periodically. 
In accordance with the provisions of IFRS 3, the Group 
ceased amortization of goodwill from January 1, 2005 
for all acquisitions made prior to March 31, 2004. Ac-
cumulated amortization as of December 31, 2004 has 
been eliminated with a corresponding decrease in the 
cost of goodwill. From January 1, 2005, goodwill is as-
sessed for impairment annually, and whenever there 
are indications of impairment. Under the transitional 
provisions of IFRS 3, this change in accounting policy 
was effective immediately for acquisitions made after 
March 31, 2004.

Consequent upon the adoption of IAS 21(R), 

The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, 

part of the consolidation process. Minority interests 
are presented separately in arriving at the net profi t 
and they are shown as a component of shareholders’ 
equity in the consolidated balance sheet.

Profi ts realized in connection with the sale 

of fi xed assets between the Group and associated 
companies are eliminated in proportion to share 
ownership. Such profi ts are deducted from the Group’s 
equity and fi xed assets and released in the Group 
accounts over the same period as depreciation is 
charged.

The companies acquired during the fi nancial 
periods presented have been consolidated from the 
date on which control of the net assets and operations 
was transferred to the Group. Similarly the result of a 
Group company divested during an accounting period 
is included in the Group accounts only to the date of 
disposal.

Goodwill
Acquisitions of companies are accounted for using the 
purchase method of accounting. Goodwill represents 
the excess of the purchase cost over the fair value of 
assets less liabilities of acquired companies.

The Group assesses the carrying value of goodwill 

annually or, more frequently, if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that such carrying value may 
not be recoverable. If such indication exists the recov-
erable amount is determined for the cash-generating 
unit, to which goodwill belongs. This amount is then 
compared to the carrying amount of the cash-gener-
ating unit and an impairment loss is recognized if the 
recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount. 

Impairment losses are recognized immediately in the 
profi t and loss account.

Transactions in foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the 
rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the indi-
vidual transactions. For practical reasons, a rate that 
approximates the actual rate at the date of the transac-
tion is often used. At the end of the accounting period, 
the unsettled balances on foreign currency receivables 
and liabilities are valued at the rates of exchange 
prevailing at the year-end. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses arising from balance sheet items, as well as fair 
value changes in the related hedging instruments, are 
reported in Financial Income and Expenses.

Foreign Group companies
In the consolidated accounts all items in the profi t and 
loss accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated 
into euro at the average foreign exchange rates for 
the accounting period. The balance sheets of foreign 
Group companies are translated into euro at the 
year-end foreign exchange rates with the exception 
of goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign 
company prior to the adoption of IAS 21 (revised 2004) 
as of January 1, 2005, which is translated to euro at 
historical rates. Differences resulting from the transla-
tion of profi t and loss account items at the average 
rate and the balance sheet items at the closing rate 
are treated as an adjustment affecting consolidated 
shareholders’ equity. On the disposal of all or part of 
a foreign Group company by sale, liquidation, repay-
ment of share capital or abandonment, the cumulative 
amount or proportionate share of the translation 
difference is recognized as income or as expense in 
the same period in which the gain or loss on disposal 
is recognized.

Fair valuing principles
Financial assets and liabilities
Under IAS 39(R), the Group classifi es its investments in 
marketable debt and equity securities and invest-
ments in unlisted equity securities into the following 
categories: held-to-maturity, trading, or available-
for-sale depending on the purpose for acquiring the 
investments as well as ongoing intentions. All invest-
ments of the Group are currently classifi ed as avail-
able-for-sale. Available-for-sale investments are fair 
valued by using quoted market rates, discounted cash 
fl ow analyses and other appropriate valuation models 
at the balance sheet date. Certain unlisted equities 
for which fair values cannot be measured reliably are 
reported at cost less impairment. All purchases and 
sales of investments are recorded on the trade date, 
which is the date that the Group commits to purchase 
or sell the asset.

The fair value changes of available-for-sale 
investments are recognized in shareholders’ equity. 
When the investment is disposed of, the related 
accumulated fair value changes are released from 

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

11

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

shareholders’ equity and recognized in the profi t and 
loss account. The weighted average method is used 
when determining the cost-basis of publicly listed 
equities being disposed of. FIFO (First-in First-out) 
method is used to determine the cost basis of fi xed 
income securities being disposed of. An impairment is 
recorded when the carrying amount of an available-
for-sale investment is greater than the estimated fair 
value and there is objective evidence that the asset 
is impaired. The cumulative net loss relating to that 
investment is removed from equity and recognized 
in the profi t and loss account for the period. If, in a 
subsequent period, the fair value of the investment 
increases and the increase can be objectively related 
to an event occurring after the loss was recognized, 
the loss is reversed, with the amount of the reversal 
included in the profi t and loss account.

The fair values of other fi nancial assets and fi nan-
cial liabilities are assumed to approximate their carry-
ing values, either because of their short maturities, or 
their fair values cannot be measured reliably.

Derivatives
Fair values of forward rate agreements, interest 
rate options, futures contracts and exchange traded 
options are calculated based on quoted market rates 
at the balance sheet date. Interest rate and currency 
swaps are valued by using discounted cash fl ow analy-
ses. The changes in the fair values of these contracts 
are reported in the profi t and loss account.

Fair values of cash settled equity derivatives are 
calculated by revaluing the contract at year-end quot-
ed market rates. Changes in fair value are reported in 
the profi t and loss account.

Forward foreign exchange contracts are valued 

at the market forward exchange rates. Changes in fair 
value are measured by comparing these rates with 
the original contract forward rate. Currency options 
are valued at the balance sheet date by using the 
Garman & Kohlhagen option valuation model. Changes 
in the fair value on these instruments are reported in 
the profi t and loss account except to the extent they 
qualify for hedge accounting.

Embedded derivatives are identifi ed and 

monitored in the Group and fair valued at the balance 
sheet date. In assessing the fair value of embedded 
derivatives the Group uses a variety of methods, such 
as option pricing models and discounted cash fl ow 
analysis, and makes assumptions that are based on 
market conditions existing at each balance sheet date. 
The fair value changes are reported in the profi t and 
loss account.

Hedge accounting
Hedging of anticipated foreign currency denomi-
nated sales and purchases
The Group applies hedge accounting for “Qualifying 
hedges”. Qualifying hedges are those properly docu-
mented cash fl ow hedges of the foreign exchange rate 
risk of future anticipated foreign currency denomi-

nated sales and purchases that meet the requirements 
set out in IAS 39(R). The cash fl ow being hedged must 
be “highly probable” and must ultimately impact the 
profi t and loss account. The hedge must be highly ef-
fective both prospectively and retrospectively.

The Group claims hedge accounting in respect 
of certain forward foreign exchange contracts and 
options, or option strategies, which have zero net pre-
mium or a net premium paid, and where the critical 
terms of the bought and sold options within a collar or 
zero premium structure are the same and where the 
nominal amount of the sold option component is no 
greater than that of the bought option.

For qualifying foreign exchange forwards the 

change in fair value that refl ects the change in spot 
exchange rates is deferred in shareholders’ equity to 
the extent that the hedge is effective. For qualifying 
foreign exchange options, or option strategies, the 
change in intrinsic value is deferred in sharehold-
ers’ equity to the extent that the hedge is effective. 
In all cases the ineffective portion is recognized 
immediately in the profi t and loss account. Hedging 
costs, either expressed as the change in fair value that 
refl ects the change in forward exchange rates less 
the change in spot exchange rates for forward foreign 
exchange contracts, or changes in the time value for 
options, or options strategies, are recognized within 
other operating income or expenses.

Accumulated fair value changes from qualifying 

hedges are released from shareholders’ equity into 
the profi t and loss account as adjustments to sales 
and cost of sales, in the period when the hedged cash 
fl ow affects the profi t and loss account. If the hedged 
cash fl ow is no longer expected to take place, all de-
ferred gains or losses are released into the profi t and 
loss account as adjustments to sales and cost of sales, 
immediately. If the hedged cash fl ow ceases to be 
highly probable, but is still expected to take place, ac-
cumulated gains and losses remain in equity until the 
hedged cash fl ow affects the profi t and loss account.

Changes in the fair value of any derivative instru-
ments that do not qualify for hedge accounting under 
IAS 39(R) are recognized immediately in the profi t 
and loss account. The fair value changes of derivative 
instruments that directly relate to normal business 
operations are recognized within other operating 
income and expenses. The fair value changes from 
all other derivative instruments are recognized in 
fi nancial income and expenses.

Foreign currency hedging of net investments
The Group also applies hedge accounting for its for-
eign currency hedging on net investments. Qualifying 
hedges are those properly documented hedges of the 
foreign exchange rate risk of foreign currency-denom-
inated net investments that meet the requirements 
set out in IAS 39(R). The hedge must be effective both 
prospectively and retrospectively.

The Group claims hedge accounting in respect of 
forward foreign exchange contracts, foreign currency-

denominated loans, and options, or option strategies, 
which have zero net premium or a net premium paid, 
and where the terms of the bought and sold options 
within a collar or zero premium structure are the same.
For qualifying foreign exchange forwards the 

change in fair value that refl ects the change in spot 
exchange rates is deferred in shareholders’ equity. The 
change in fair value that refl ects the change in for-
ward exchange rates less the change in spot exchange 
rates is recognized in the profi t and loss account 
within fi nancial income and expenses. For qualify-
ing foreign exchange options the change in intrinsic 
value is deferred in shareholders’ equity. Changes in 
the time value are at all times taken directly to the 
profi t and loss account within fi nancial income and 
expenses. If a foreign currency-denominated loan 
is used as a hedge, all foreign exchange gains and 
losses arising from the transaction are recognized in 
shareholders’ equity.

Accumulated fair value changes from qualifying 

hedges are released from shareholders’ equity into 
the profi t and loss account only if the legal entity in 
the given country is sold, liquidated, repays its share 
capital or is abandoned.

Revenue recognition
Sales from the majority of the Group are recognized 
when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
delivery has occurred, the fee is fi xed or determinable 
and collectibility is probable. An immaterial part of 
the revenue from products sold through distribution 
channels is recognized when the reseller or distributor 
sells the products to the end users. The Group records 
reductions to revenue for special pricing agreements, 
price protection and other volume based discounts.

In addition, sales and cost of sales from contracts 
involving solutions achieved through modifi cation of 
complex telecommunications equipment are recog-
nized on the percentage of completion method when 
the outcome of the contract can be estimated reliably. 
This occurs when total contract revenue and the costs 
to complete the contract can be estimated reliably, 
it is probable that the economic benefi ts associated 
with the contract will fl ow to the Group and the stage 
of contract completion can be measured. When the 
Group is not able to meet those conditions, the policy 
is to recognize revenues only equal to costs incurred 
to date, to the extent that such costs are expected to 
be recovered.

Completion is measured by reference to cost 

incurred to date as a percentage of estimated total 
project costs, the cost-to-cost method.

The percentage of completion method relies 
on estimates of total expected contract revenue 
and costs, as well as dependable measurement of 
the progress made towards completing a particular 
project. Recognized revenues and profi ts are subject 
to revisions during the project in the event that the 
assumptions regarding the overall project outcome 
are revised. The cumulative impact of a revision in 

12 

Nokia in 2005

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

estimates is recorded in the period such revisions 
become likely and estimable. Losses on projects in 
progress are recognized in the period they become 
likely and estimable.

The Group’s customer contracts may include the 
provision of separately identifi able components of a 
single transaction, for example the construction of a 
network solution and subsequent network mainte-
nance services. Accordingly, for these arrangements, 
revenue recognition requires proper identifi cation of 
the components of the transaction and evaluation of 
their commercial effect in order to refl ect the substance 
of the transaction. If the components are considered 
separable, revenue is allocated across the identifi able 
components based upon relative fair values.

All the Group’s material revenue streams are 

recorded according to the above policies.

Shipping and handling costs
The costs of shipping and distributing products are 
included in cost of sales.

Research and development
Research and development costs are expensed as they 
are incurred, except for certain development costs, 
which are capitalized when it is probable that a devel-
opment project will generate future economic benefi ts, 
and certain criteria, including commercial and techni-
cal feasibility, have been met. Capitalized development 
costs, comprising direct labor and related overhead, are 
amortized on a systematic basis over their expected 
useful lives between two and fi ve years.

Capitalized development costs are subject to 

regular assessments of recoverability based on 
anticipated future revenues, including the impact 
of changes in technology. Unamortized capitalized 
development costs determined to be in excess of their 
recoverable amounts are expensed immediately.

Other intangible assets
Expenditures on acquired patents, trademarks and 
licenses are capitalized and amortized using the 
straight-line method over their useful lives, but not 
exceeding 20 years. Where an indication of impair-
ment exists, the carrying amount of any intangible 
asset is assessed and written down to its recoverable 
amount. Costs of software licenses associated with 
internal-use software are capitalized. These costs are 
included within other intangible assets and are amor-
tized over a period not to exceed three years.

Pensions
The Group companies have various pension schemes 
in accordance with the local conditions and practices 
in the countries in which they operate. The schemes 
are generally funded through payments to insurance 
companies or to trustee-administered funds as deter-
mined by periodic actuarial calculations.

charged to the profi t and loss account in the period to 
which the contributions relate.

For defi ned benefi t plans, principally the reserved 

portion of the Finnish TEL system, pension costs are 
assessed using the projected unit credit method: the 
cost of providing pensions is charged to the profi t and 
loss account so as to spread the service cost over the 
service lives of employees. The pension obligation is 
measured as the present value of the estimated future 
cash outfl ows using interest rates on government 
securities that have terms to maturity approximating 
the terms of the related liabilities. Actuarial gains and 
losses outside the corridor are recognized over the 
average remaining service lives of employees.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded 
on a straight-line basis over the expected useful lives 
of the assets as follows:

Buildings and constructions 

20 – 33 years

Production machinery, 
measuring and test equipment 

1 – 3 years

Other machinery and equipment 

3 – 10 years

Land and water areas are not depreciated.

Maintenance, repairs and renewals are generally 

charged to expense during the fi nancial period in 
which they are incurred. However, major renovations 
are capitalized and included in the carrying amount 
of the asset when it is probable that future economic 
benefi ts in excess of the originally assessed standard 
of performance of the existing asset will fl ow to the 
Group. Major renovations are depreciated over the 
remaining useful life of the related asset. Leasehold 
improvements are depreciated over the lease term or 
useful life, whatever is shorter.

Gains and losses on the disposal of fi xed assets 

are included in operating profi t/loss.

Leases
The Group has entered into various operating leases, 
the payments under which are treated as rentals and 
charged to the profi t and loss account on a straight-
line basis over the lease terms.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net 
realizable value. Cost is determined using standard 
cost, which approximates actual cost, on a fi rst in fi rst 
out (FIFO) basis. Net realizable value is the amount 
that can be realized from the sale of the inventory in 
the normal course of business after allowing for the 
costs of realization.

In addition to the cost of materials and direct 

An allowance is recorded for excess inventory and 

obsolescence.

Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable are carried at the original invoice 
amount to customers less an estimate made for 
doubtful receivables based on a periodic review of 
all outstanding amounts, which includes an analysis 
of historical bad debt, customer concentrations, cus-
tomer creditworthiness, current economic trends and 
changes in our customer payment terms. Bad debts 
are written off when identifi ed.

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank and cash consist of cash at bank and in hand. 
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid available-for-
sale investments purchased with remaining maturi-
ties at the date of acquisition of three months or less.

Short-term investments
The Group considers all highly liquid marketable secu-
rities purchased with maturity at acquisition of more 
than three months as short-term investments. They 
are included in current available-for-sale investments, 
liquid assets, in the balance sheet.

Borrowings
Borrowings are classifi ed as loans and are recognized 
initially at an amount equal to the proceeds received, 
net of transaction costs incurred. In subsequent 
periods, they are stated at amortized cost using the 
effective yield method; any difference between pro-
ceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
value is recognized in the profi t and loss account over 
the period of the borrowings.

Loans to customers
Loans to customers are recorded at amortized cost. 
Loans are subject to regular and thorough review as to 
their collectibility and as to available collateral; in the 
event that any loan is deemed not fully recoverable, 
provision is made to refl ect the shortfall between the 
carrying amount and the present value of the expect-
ed cash fl ows. Interest income on loans to customers 
is accrued monthly on the principal outstanding at the 
market rate on the date of fi nancing and is included in 
other operating income.

Income taxes
Current taxes are based on the results of the Group 
companies and are calculated according to local tax 
rules.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are deter-
mined, using the liability method, for all temporary 
differences arising between the tax basis of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying values for fi nancial 
reporting purposes. Currently enacted tax rates are 
used in the determination of deferred income tax.

The Group’s contributions to defi ned contribution 

plans and to multi-employer and insured plans are 

labor, an appropriate proportion of production over-
heads are included in the inventory values.

Under this method the Group is required, in rela-
tion to an acquisition, to make provision for deferred 

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

13

 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

taxes on the difference between the fair values of the 
net assets acquired and their tax bases.

The principal temporary differences arise from 

intercompany profi t in inventory, warranty and other 
provisions, untaxed reserves and tax losses carried 
forward. Deferred tax assets relating to the carry 
forward of unused tax losses are recognized to the 
extent that it is probable that future taxable profi t will 
be available against which the unused tax losses can 
be utilized.

Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a pres-
ent legal or constructive obligation as a result of past 
events, it is probable that an outfl ow of resources will 
be required to settle the obligation and a reliable es-
timate of the amount can be made. Where the Group 
expects a provision to be reimbursed, the reimburse-
ment would be recognized as an asset but only when 
the reimbursement is virtually certain.

The Group recognizes the estimated liability to 

repair or replace products still under warranty at the 
balance sheet date. The provision is calculated based 
on historical experience of the level of repairs and 
replacements.

The Group recognizes the estimated liability for 

non-cancellable purchase commitments for inventory 
in excess of forecasted requirements at each balance 
sheet date.

The Group recognizes a provision for the esti-
mated future settlements related to asserted and 
unasserted Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) infringe-
ments, based on the probable outcome of each case 
as of each balance sheet date.

The Group recognizes a provision for pension 

and other social costs on unvested equity instru-
ments based upon local statutory law, net of deferred 
compensation, which is recorded as a component of 
shareholders equity. The provision is considered as a 
cash-settled share-based payment and is measured by 
reference to the fair value of the equity benefi ts pro-
vided, and the amount of the provision is adjusted to 
refl ect the changes in the Nokia share price. The Group 
recognizes a provision for prior year tax contingencies 
based upon the estimated future settlement amount 
at each balance sheet date.

Share-based compensation
The Group has three types of equity settled share-
based compensation schemes for employees: stock 
options, performance shares and restricted shares. 
Employee services received, and the corresponding 
increase in equity, are measured by reference to the 
fair value of the equity instruments as at the date of 
grant, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting 
conditions. Non-market vesting conditions attached 
to the performance shares are included in assump-
tions about the number of shares that the employee 
will ultimately receive. On a regular basis the Group 
reviews the assumptions made and revises its esti-

mates of the number of performance shares that are 
expected to be settled, where necessary. Share-based 
compensation is recognized as an expense in the 
profi t and loss account over the service period. When 
stock options are exercised, the proceeds received net 
of any transaction costs are credited to share capital 
(nominal value) and share premium.

Dividends
Dividends proposed by the Board of Directors are not 
recorded in the fi nancial statements until they have 
been approved by the shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting.

Earnings per share
The Group calculates both basic and diluted earnings 
per share in accordance with IAS 33, Earnings per 
share, (IAS 33). Under IAS 33, basic earnings per share 
is computed using the weighted average number of 
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earn-
ings per share is computed using the weighted aver-
age number of shares outstanding during the period 
plus the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted 
shares and performance shares outstanding during 
the period.

Use of estimates
The preparation of fi nancial statements in conformity 
with IFRS requires the application of judgment by 
management in selecting appropriate assumptions 
for calculating fi nancial estimates, which inherently 
contain some degree of uncertainty. Management 
bases its estimates on historical experience and 
various other assumptions that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of 
which form the basis for making judgments about 
the reported carrying values of assets and liabilities 
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
that may not be readily apparent from other sources. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different assumptions or conditions.

Set forth below are areas requiring signifi cant 
judgment and estimation that may have an impact on 
reported results and the fi nancial position.

Revenue recognition
Sales from the majority of the Group are recognized 
when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
delivery has occurred, the fee is fi xed or determinable 
and collectibility is probable. Current sales may ma-
terially change if management’s assessment of such 
criteria was determined to be inaccurate.

Revenue from contracts involving solutions 
achieved through modifi cation of complex tele-
communications equipment is recognized on the 
percentage of completion basis when the outcome 
of the contract can be estimated reliably. Recog-
nized revenues and profi ts are subject to revisions 
during the project in the event that the assumptions 
regarding the overall project outcome are revised. 

Current sales and profi t estimates for projects may 
materially change due to the early stage of a long-
term project, new technology, changes in the project 
scope, changes in costs, changes in timing, changes in 
customers’ plans, realization of penalties, and other 
corresponding factors.

Customer fi nancing
The Group has provided a limited amount of customer 
fi nancing and agreed extended payment terms with 
selected customers. Should the actual fi nancial posi-
tion of the customers or general economic conditions 
differ from assumptions, the ultimate collectibility 
of such fi nancings and trade credits may be required 
to be re-assessed, which could result in a write-off of 
these balances and thus negatively impact profi ts in 
future periods.

Allowances for doubtful accounts
The Group maintains allowances for doubtful accounts 
for estimated losses resulting from the subsequent in-
ability of customers to make required payments. If the 
fi nancial conditions of customers were to deteriorate, 
resulting in an impairment of their ability to make 
payments, additional allowances may be required in 
future periods.

Inventory-related allowances
The Group periodically reviews inventory for excess 
amounts, obsolescence and declines in market value 
below cost and records an allowance against the 
inventory balance for any such declines. These reviews 
require management to estimate future demand for 
products. Possible changes in these estimates could 
result in revisions to the valuation of inventory in 
future periods.

Warranty provisions
The Group provides for the estimated cost of product 
warranties at the time revenue is recognized. The 
Group’s warranty provision is established based upon 
best estimates of the amounts necessary to settle 
future and existing claims on products sold as of the 
balance sheet date. As new products incorporating 
complex technologies are continuously introduced, 
and as local laws, regulations and practices may 
change, changes in these estimates could result in ad-
ditional allowances or changes to recorded allowances 
being required in future periods.

Provision for intellectual property rights, 
or IPR, infringements
The Group provides for the estimated future 
settlements related to asserted and unasserted IPR 
infringements based on the probable outcome of each 
infringement. IPR infringement claims can last for 
varying periods of time, resulting in irregular move-
ments in the IPR infringement provision. The ultimate 
outcome or actual cost of settling an individual 
infringement may materially vary from estimates.

14 

Nokia in 2005

Pensions
The determination of pension benefi t obligation 
and expense for defi ned benefi t pension plans is 
dependent on the selection of certain assumptions 
used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. Those 
assumptions include, among others, the discount rate, 
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and 
annual rate of increase in future compensation levels. 
A portion of plan assets is invested in equity securities 
which are subject to equity market volatility. Changes 
in assumptions may materially affect the pension 
obligation and future expense.

Share-based compensation
The Group has various types of equity settled share-
based compensation schemes for employees. Fair 
value of stock options is based on certain assump-
tions, including, among others, expected volatility 
and expected life of the options. Non-market vesting 
conditions attached to performance shares are 
included in assumptions about the number of shares 
that the employee will ultimately receive relating to 
projections of sales and earnings per share. Signifi cant 
differences in equity market performance, employee 
option activity and the Group’s projected and actual 
sales and earnings per share performance, may mate-
rially affect future expense.

New IFRS standards and revised IAS standards
In August 2005, the IASB issued IFRS 7, Financial 
Instruments: Disclosures, which will supersede all 
disclosure requirements addressed earlier in IAS 32, 
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, 
and includes a comprehensive set of qualitative and 
quantitative disclosures on risk exposures from all 
fi nancial instruments. IFRS 7 is effective for fi scal years 
beginning on or after January 1, 2007. The Group does 
not expect the adoption of this standard to have a 
material impact on the disclosures as it has also in the 
past disclosed qualitative and quantitative informa-
tion on risk exposures.

In December 2004, the IASB issued Amendment to 

IAS 19 Employee Benefi ts-Actuarial Gains and Losses, 
Group Plans and Disclosures, which introduces the 
option of an alternative recognition approach for 
actuarial gains and losses. It also adds new disclosure 
requirements. As the Group does not intend to change 
the accounting policy adopted for recognition of ac-
tuarial gains and losses, adoption of this amendment 
will only impact the format and extent of disclosures 
presented in the accounts. The Group will apply this 
amendment from annual periods beginning 
January 1, 2006.

Legal contingencies
Legal proceedings covering a wide range of matters 
are pending or threatened in various jurisdictions 
against the Group. Provisions are recorded for pending 
litigation when it is determined that an unfavorable 
outcome is probable and the amount of loss can be 
reasonably estimated. Due to the inherent uncer-
tain nature of litigation, the ultimate outcome or 
actual cost of settlement may materially vary from 
estimates.

Capitalized development costs
The Group capitalizes certain development costs when 
it is probable that a development project will generate 
future economic benefi ts and certain criteria, includ-
ing commercial and technical feasibility, have been 
met. Should a product fail to substantiate its estimated 
feasibility or life cycle, material development costs 
may be required to be written off in future periods.

Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets 
and goodwill
The Group assesses the carrying value of identifi able 
intangible assets, long-lived assets and goodwill 
annually, or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that such carrying value may 
not be recoverable. Factors that trigger an impairment 
review include underperformance relative to histori-
cal or projected future results, signifi cant changes in 
the manner of the use of the acquired assets or the 
strategy for the overall business and signifi cant nega-
tive industry or economic trends. The most signifi cant 
variables in determining cash fl ows are discount rates, 
terminal values, the number of years on which to base 
the cash fl ow projections, as well as the assumptions 
and estimates used to determine the cash infl ows and 
outfl ows. Amounts estimated could differ materially 
from what will actually occur in the future.

Fair value of derivatives 
and other fi nancial instruments
The fair value of fi nancial instruments that are not 
traded in an active market (for example, unlisted 
equities, currency options and embedded derivatives) 
are determined using valuation techniques. The Group 
uses judgment to select an appropriate valuation 
methodology as well as underlying assumptions 
based on existing market practice and conditions. 
Changes in these assumptions may cause the Group to 
recognize impairments or losses in future periods.

Deferred taxes
Management judgment is required in determining 
provisions for income taxes, deferred tax assets and 
liabilities and the extent to which deferred tax as-
sets can be recognized. If the fi nal outcome of these 
matters differs from the amounts initially recorded, 
differences will impact the income tax and deferred 
tax provisions in the period in which such determina-
tion is made.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

15

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

2.  Adoption of IFRS 2 and IAS 39(R)

The comparative fi gures for 2004 and 2003 have been 
revised to refl ect the adoption of IFRS 2 and IAS 39(R) 
and the effects are summarized as follows:

Increase in net sales 

Increase in cost of sales 

Increase in research and development expenses 

Increase in selling and marketing expenses 

Increase in administrative and general expenses 

Increase (–)/decrease (+) in tax expense 

Increase (+)/decrease (–) in profit attributable 
to equity holders of the parent 

Decrease in accrued expenses 

Increase in provisions 

Increase in share issue premium 

Decrease in fair value and other reserves 

Decrease in basic earnings per share 

Decrease in diluted earnings per share 

3.  Segment information

IFRS 2 
EURm 

2004 

IAS 39(R) 
EURm 

Total 
EURm 

IFRS 2 
EURm 

2003

IAS 39(R) 
EURm 

Total
EURm

–  

–  

– 43 

– 12 

– 7 

2 

– 60 

– 2 

9 

94 

–  

104  

– 46 

–  

–  

–  

– 13 

45 

–  

–  

–  

– 56 

IFRS 2 
EUR 

– 0.01 

– 0.01 

2004 

IAS 39(R) 
EUR 

0.00 

0.00 

104 

– 46 

– 43 

– 12 

– 7 

– 11 

– 15 

– 2 

9 

94 

– 56 

Total 
EUR 

– 0.01 

– 0.01 

–  

–  

– 28 

– 8 

– 5 

–  

– 41 

–  

–  

41 

–  

78  

– 88 

–  

–  

–  

2 

– 8 

–  

–  

–  

– 12 

IFRS 2 
EUR 

– 0.01 

– 0.01 

2003 
IAS 39(R) 
EUR 

0.00 

0.00 

78

– 88

– 28

– 8

– 5

2

– 49

– 

– 

41

– 12

Total
EUR

– 0.01

– 0.01

Nokia is organized on a worldwide basis into four 
primary business segments: Mobile Phones; Multi-
media; Enterprise Solutions; and Networks. Nokia’s 
reportable segments represent the strategic business 
units that offer different products and services for 
which monthly fi nancial information is provided to 
the Board.

Mobile Phones connects people by providing 
expanding mobile voice and data capabilities across a 
wide range of mobile devices.

Multimedia brings connected mobile multimedia 

experiences to consumers in the form of advanced 
mobile devices and applications.

Enterprise Solutions offers businesses and 
institutions a broad range of products and solutions, 
including enterprise-grade mobile devices, underlying 
security infrastructure, software and services.

Networks provides network infrastructure, 
communications and networks service platforms as 
well as professional services to operators and service 
providers.

In addition to the four business groups, the 
Group’s organization has two horizontal units to 
support the mobile device business groups, increase 
operational effi ciency and competitiveness, and to 
take advantage of economies of scale: Customer and 
Market Operations and Technology Platforms. The 
horizontal groups are not separate reporting entities, 
but their costs are carried mainly by the mobile 
device business groups, which comprises of Mobile 
Phones, Multimedia and Enterprise Solutions, with 
the balance included in Common Group Functions. 
The costs and revenues as well as assets and liabilities 
of the horizontal groups are allocated to the mobile 

device business groups on a symmetrical basis; with 
any amounts not so allocated included in Common 
Group Functions. Common Group Functions consists of 
common research and general Group functions.

The accounting policies of the segments are the 

same as those described in Note 1. Nokia accounts 
for intersegment revenues and transfers as if the 
revenues or transfers were to third parties, that is, at 
current market prices. Nokia evaluates the performan-
ce of its segments and allocates resources to them 
based on operating profi t.

No single customer represents 10 % or more of 

Group revenues.

16 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

2005, EURm 

Profit and loss information 

Mobile 
Phones  Multimedia 

Enterprise  
Solutions 

Networks 

Total  
reportable  
segments 

Common 
Group 

Functions  Eliminations 

Group

  Net sales to external customers 

20 811 

5 979 

  Net sales to other segments 

  Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment and customer fi nance charges 

  Operating profi t/loss 

Share of results of associated companies 

Balance sheet information
Capital expenditures 1 
Segment assets 2 

  of which:

– 

247 

–  

3 598 

–  

273 

4 355 

2 

83 

36 

836 

–  

77 

1 374 

Investments in associated companies 

–  

–  

839 

22 

22 

–  

– 258 

–  

24 

202 

–  

6 556 

34 185 

1 

241 

–  

855 

–  

102 

3 437 

25 

593 

36 

5 031 

–  

476 

9 368 

6 

– 6 

119 

30 

– 392 

10 

131 

1 135 

–  

–  

193 

– 19 

– 53 

  Unallocated assets 3 

Total assets 

Segment liabilities 4 
  Unallocated liabilities 5 

Total liabilities 

2004, As revised, EURm 

Profit and loss information 

4 772 

1 505 

315 

1 607 

8 199 

241 

– 156 

  Net sales to external customers 

18 443 

3 653 

  Net sales to other segments 

  Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment and customer fi nance charges 

  Operating profi t/loss 

Share of results of associated companies 

Balance sheet information 
Capital expenditures 1  
Segment assets 2 

  of which: 

78 

306 

–  

3 786 

–  

279 

3 758 

Investments in associated companies 

–  

23 

77 

–  

175 

–  

67 

787 

–  

815 

24 

23 

–  

– 210 

–  

18 

210 

–  

6 431 

29 342 

–  

314 

115 

884 

–  

91 

3 055 

125 

720 

115 

4 635 

–  

455 

7 810 

29 

– 29 

148 

11 

– 309 

– 26 

93 

1 142 

–  

–  

200 

– 96 

– 12 

  Unallocated assets 3 

Total assets 

Segment liabilities 4 
  Unallocated liabilities 5 

Total liabilities 

2003, As revised, EURm

Profit and loss information 

4 114 

934 

271 

1 574 

6 893 

170 

– 12 

  Net sales to external customers 

20 851 

2 523 

  Net sales to other segments 

  Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment and customer fi nance charges 

  Operating profi t/loss 

Share of results of associated companies 

125 

378 

–  

5 893 

–  

8 

55 

–  

– 196 

–  

1 

Including goodwill and capitalized development costs, capital expenditures in 2005 amount to 
EUR 760 million (EUR 649 million in 2004). The goodwill and capitalized development costs consist 
of EUR 31 million in 2005 (EUR 11 million in 2004) for Mobile Phones, EUR 16 million in 2005 (EUR 3 
million in 2004) for Multimedia, EUR 5 million in 2005 (EUR 1 million in 2004) for Enterprise Solu-
tions, EUR 93 million in 2005 (EUR 83 million in 2004) for Networks and EUR 8 million in 2005
(EUR 3 million in 2004) for Common Group Functions.

2 

Comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, investments, inventories and accounts
receivable as well as prepaid expenses and accrued income except those related to interest and taxes.

513 

27 

10 

–  

– 143 

–  

3 

4 

5 

5 635 

–  

520 

200 

– 216 

–  

29 522 

160 

963 

200 

5 338 

–  

11 

– 11 

175 

40 

 – 378 

– 18 

– 149 

Unallocated assets include cash and other liquid assets, available-for-sale investments, long-term 
loans receivable and other financial assets as well as interest and tax related prepaid expenses and 
accrued income. Tax related prepaid expenses and accrued income, and deferred tax assets amount 
to EUR 1 127 million in 2005 (EUR 826 million in 2004).

Comprises accounts payable, accrued expenses and provisions except those related to interest 
and taxes.

Unallocated liabilities include non-current liabilities and short-term borrowings as well as interest and 
tax related prepaid income, accrued expenses and provisions. Tax related prepaid income and accrued 
expenses, and deferred tax liabilities amount to EUR 433 million in 2005 (EUR 246 million in 2004).

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

17

34 191

–

712

66

4 639

10

607 

10 450 

193

11 848

22 298

8 284

1 654

9 938

29 371

– 

868

126

4 326

– 26

548

8 940

200

13 729

22 669

7 051

1 219

8 270

29 533

– 

1 138 

240

4 960

– 18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Net sales to external customers  
by geographic area  
by location of customer 

Finland 
China 
USA 
Great Britain 
India 
Germany 
Other 
Total 

Segment assets by geographic area 

Finland 
China 
USA 
Great Britain 
India 
Germany 
Other 
Total 

Capital expenditures by market area 

Finland 
China 
USA 
Great Britain 
India 
Germany 
Other 
Total 1 

2005 

EURm 

331 
3 403 
2 743 
2 405 
2 022 
1 982 
21 305 
34 191 

2005 
EURm 

3 619 
1 120 
1 437 
437 
416 
390 
3 031 
10 450 

2005 
EURm 

259 
93 
74 
12 
31 
26 
112 
607 

2004 
As revised 
EURm 

2003
As revised
EURm

347
2 023
4 488
2 711
1 064
2 297
16 603
29 533

351 
2 678 
3 430 
2 269 
1 369 
1 730 
17 544 
29 371 

2004 
EURm

3 429
880
1 025
502
225
353
2 526
8 940

2004 
EURm 

2003 
EURm

216 
57 
80 
5 
3 
20 
167 
548 

160
53
49
9
2
17
142
432

1 

Including goodwill and capitalized development costs, capital expenditures amount to EUR 760 
million in 2005 (EUR 649 million in 2004 and EUR 670 million in 2003). The goodwill and capitalized 
development costs in 2005 consist of EUR 0 million in USA (EUR 0 million in USA in 2004 and 
EUR  20 million in USA in 2003) and EUR 153 million in other areas (EUR 101 million in 2004 
and EUR 218 million in 2003).

4.  Percentage of completion
Contract sales recognized under the cost-to-cost method of percentage of comple-
tion accounting were EUR 5 520 million in 2005 (EUR 5 197 million in 2004 and 
EUR  4  807 million in 2003). Billings in advance of contract revenues, included in 
prepaid income under accrued expenses, were EUR 148 million at December 31, 2005 
(EUR 185 million in 2004 and EUR 195 million in 2003). Contract revenues recorded 
prior to billings, included in accounts receivable, were EUR 0 million at December 31, 
2005 (EUR 80 million in 2004 and EUR 665 million in 2003).

5.  Personnel expenses

EURm 

Wages and salaries 
Share-based compensation expense, total 
Pension expenses, net 
Other social expenses 
Personnel expenses as per profi t 
and loss account 

2005 

2004 
As revised 

2003
As revised

3 127 
104 
252 
394 

2 805 
62 
253 
372 

2 501
41
184
341

3 877 

3 492 

3 067

Share-based compensation expense includes pension and other social costs of EUR  9 
million in 2005 (EUR 2 million in 2004 and EUR 0 million in 2003) based upon the 
related employee benefi t charge recognized during the year.

The net of tax share-based compensation expense amounted to EUR 82 million 

in 2005 (EUR 60 million in 2004 and EUR 41 million in 2003).

Pension expenses, comprised of multi-employer, insured and defi ned cont-
ribution plans were EUR 206 million in 2005 (EUR 192 million in 2004 and EUR 146 
million in 2003).

Average personnel 

Mobile Phones 
Multimedia 
Enterprise Solutions 
Networks 
Common Group Functions 
Nokia Group 

2005 
EURm 

2 647 
2 750 
2 185 
17 676 
31 638 
56 896 

2004 
EURm 

2 853
2 851
2 167
15 463
30 177
53 511 

2003  
EURm

51 605

6.  Pensions
The most signifi cant pension plans are in Finland and are comprised of the Finnish 
state TEL system with benefi ts directly linked to employee earnings. These benefi ts 
are fi nanced in two distinct portions. The majority of benefi ts are fi nanced by con-
tributions to a central pool with the majority of the contributions being used to pay 
current benefi ts. The other part comprises reserved benefi ts which are pre-funded 
through the trustee-administered Nokia Pension Foundation. The pooled portion 
of the TEL system is accounted for as a defi ned contribution plan and the reserved 
portion as a defi ned benefi t plan. The foreign plans include both defi ned contribu-
tion and defi ned benefi t plans.

Effective on January 1, 2005, the Finnish TEL system was reformed. The most 
signifi cant change that has an impact on the Group’s future fi nancial statements 
is that pensions accumulated after 2005 are calculated on the earnings during the 
entire working career, not only on the basis of the last few years of employment as 
provided by the old rules. An increase to the rate at which pensions accrue led to a 
past service cost of EUR 5 million in 2004, which will be recognized over employees’ 
future working life.

As a result of the changes in the TEL system, which increased the Group’s obliga-

tion in respect of ex-employees and reduced the obligation in respect of recent rec-
ruits, a change in the liability has been recognised to cover future disability pensions. 
In 2005, to compensate the Group for the additional liability in respect of ex-emplo-
yees assets of EUR 24 million were transferred from the pooled part of the pension 
system to cover future disability pensions inside Nokia Pension Foundation. As this 
transfer of assets is effectively a reduction of the obligation to the pooled premium, 
it has been accounted for as a credit to the profi t and loss account during 2005.

18 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The amounts recognized in the balance sheet relating to single employer defi ned 
benefi t schemes are as follows:

The prepaid pension cost above is made up of a prepayment of EUR 207 million 
(EUR 202 million in 2004) and an accrual of EUR 80 million (EUR 76 million in 2004).

2005 

2004

EUR 6 million in 2005 (EUR 4 million in 2004).

The domestic pension plans’ assets include Nokia securities with fair values of 

EURm 

Fair value of plan assets 
Present value of obligations 
Surplus/(Defi cit) 
Unrecognized net actuarial losses 
Unrecognized past service cost 
Prepaid/(Accrued) pension cost 
in balance sheet 

Domestic 
plans 

Foreign 
plans 

Domestic 
plans 

Foreign
plans

904 
– 890 
14 
128 
3 

372 
– 495 
– 123 
105 
–  

768 
– 727 
41 
93 
5 

303
– 398
– 95
82
– 

145 

– 18 

139 

– 13

Present value of obligations include EUR 35 million (EUR 36 million in 2004) of 
unfunded obligations.

The amounts recognized in the profi t and loss account are as follows:

EURm 

2005 

2004 

2003

Current service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Net actuarial losses recognized in year 
Past service cost gain (–) loss (+) 
Transfer from central pool 
Curtailment 
Total, included in personnel expenses 

69 
58 
– 64 
9 
1 
– 24 
– 3 
46 

62 
56 
– 56 
–  
– 1 
–  
–  
61 

54
46
– 55
3
– 
– 
– 10
38

Movements in prepaid pension costs recognized in the balance sheet are as follows:

The foreign pension plan assets include a self investment through a loan pro-

vided to Nokia by the Group’s German pension fund of EUR 62 million 
(EUR 62 million in 2004). See Note 34.

The actual return on plan assets was EUR 147 million in 2005 (EUR 83 million in 

2004).

7.  Advertising and promotional expenses
The Group expenses advertising and promotion costs as incurred. Advertising and 
promotional expenses were EUR 1 481 million in 2005 (EUR 1 144 million in 2004 and 
EUR 1 414 million in 2003).

8.  Other operating income and expenses
Other operating income for 2005 includes a gain of EUR 61 million relating to the 
divestiture of the Group’s Tetra business, a EUR 18 million gain related to the partial 
sale of a minority investment (see Note 16) and a EUR 45 million gain related to 
qualifying sales and leaseback transactions for real estate. In 2005, Enterprise Solu-
tions recorded a charge of EUR 29 million for personnel expenses and other costs 
in connection with a restructuring taken in light of general downturn in market 
conditions, which were fully paid during 2005.

Other operating income for 2004 includes a gain of EUR 160 million represent-
ing the premium return under a multi-line, multi-year insurance program, which 
expired during 2004. The return was due to our low claims experience during the 
policy period.

Other operating income for 2003 includes a gain of EUR 56 million on the sale 
of the remaining shares of Nokian Tyres Ltd. In 2003, Networks recorded a charge 
of EUR 80 million for personnel expenses and other costs in connection with the 
restructuring taken in light of general downturn in market conditions, of which 
EUR 15 million was paid during 2003.

EURm 

Prepaid pension costs at beginning of year 
Net income (expense) recognized 
in the profi t and loss account 
Contributions paid 
Foreign exchange 
Prepaid pension costs at end of year 

2005 

2004 

126 

79

– 46 
46 
1 
127 * 

– 61
108
– 
126 *

*   Included within prepaid expenses and accrued income.

The principal actuarial weighted average assumptions used were as follows:

% 

Domestic 

Foreign 

Domestic 

Foreign

2005 

2004

Discount rate for determining 
present values 
Expected long-term rate 
of return on plan assets 
Annual rate of increase 
in future compensation levels 
Pension increases 

4.20 

4.55 

4.75 

5.00

4.44 

5.49 

5.00 

5.31

3.50 
2.00 

3.91 
2.55 

3.50 
2.00 

3.82
2.38

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

9.  Impairment

2005, EURm 

Impairment of available-for-sale investments 

Total, net 

2004, EURm 

Impairment of available-for-sale investments 

Impairment of capitalized development costs 

Total, net 

2003, EURm

Customer fi nance impairment charges, net of reversals 

Impairment of goodwill 

Impairment of available-for-sale investments 

Impairment of capitalized development costs 

Total, net 

Mobile 
Phones  Multimedia 

Enterprise  
Solutions 

Networks 

Common 
Group  
Functions 

Group

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

115 

115 

– 226 

151 

– 

275 

200 

30 

30 

11 

– 

11 

– 

– 

27 

– 

27 

30

30

11

115

126

– 226

151

27

275

227

During 2004, the Group recorded an impairment 
charge of EUR 65 million of capitalized development 
costs due to the abandonment of FlexiGateway and 
Horizontal Technology modules. In addition, an 
impairment charge of EUR 50 million was recorded 
on WCDMA radio access network program due to 
changes in market outlook. The impairment loss was 
determined as the difference between the carrying 
amount of the asset and its recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount for WCDMA radio access network 
was derived from the discounted cash fl ow projec-
tions, which cover the estimated life of the WCDMA 
radio access network current technology, using a 
discount rate of 15 %. The impaired technologies were 
part of Networks business group.

Relating to restructuring at Networks, the Group 
recorded a EUR 206 million impairment of capitalized 
development costs in 2003 relating to the WCDMA 3G 
systems. In 2003, Nokia also recorded a EUR 26 million 

and EUR 43 million impairment of capitalized develop-
ment costs relating to FlexiGateway and Metrosite 
systems, respectively. The impairment losses were 
determined as the difference between the carrying 
amount of the asset and its recoverable amount. In 
determining the recoverable amount, the Group calcu-
lated the present value of estimated discounted future 
cash fl ows, using a 15 % discount rate for WCDMA and 
FlexiGateway and 12 % discount rate for Metrosite, 
expected to arise from the continuing use of the asset 
and from its disposal at the end of its useful life.

The impairment charge recorded in 2002 relating 

to Mobilcom was substantially reversed in 2003 by 
EUR  226 million as a result of the company receiving 
repayment of the Mobilcom loans receivables in the 
form of subordinated convertible perpetual bonds of 
France Telecom. See Notes 12, 17 and 22.

The Group has evaluated the carrying value of 
goodwill arising from certain acquisitions by deter-

mining if the carrying values of the net assets of the 
cash generating unit to which the goodwill belongs 
exceeds the recoverable amounts of that unit. In 2003, 
in the Networks business, the Group recorded an 
impairment charge of EUR 151 million on goodwill re-
lated to the acquisition of Amber Networks. The recov-
erable amount for Amber Networks was derived from 
the value in use discounted cash fl ow projections, 
which cover the estimated life of the Amber platform 
technology, using a discount rate of 15 %. The impair-
ment was a result of signifi cant declines in the market 
outlook for products under development.

During 2005 the Group’s investment in certain 
equity securities suffered a permanent decline in fair 
value resulting in an impairment charge of EUR  30 
million relating to non-current available-for-sale 
investments (EUR 11 million in 2004 and EUR 27 million 
in 2003).

20 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EURm 

2005 

2004 

2003

  Other 

10.  Acquisitions
In 2003, the Group made three minor purchase acquisitions for a total consideration 
of EUR 38 million, of which EUR 20 million was in cash and EUR 18 million in non-cash 
consideration.

11.  Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization by function

EURm 

2005 

2004 

Cost of sales 
Research and development 
Selling and marketing 
Administrative and general 
Other operating expenses 
Amortization of goodwill 
Total 

242 
349 
9 
99 
13 
– 
712 

196 
431 
14 
123 
8 
96 
868 

12.  Financial income and expenses

Income from available-for-sale investments 
  Dividend income 
Interest income 
Other fi nancial income 
Foreign exchange gains and losses 
Interest expense 
Other fi nancial expenses 
Total 

1 
295 
77 
– 11 
– 18 
– 22 
322 

22 
299 
178 
8 
– 22 
– 80 
405 

24
323
38
32
– 25
– 40
352

During 2005, Nokia sold the remaining holdings in the subordinated convertible 
perpetual bonds issued by France Telecom. As a result, the Group booked a total net 
gain of EUR 57 million (EUR 106 million in 2004) in other fi nancial income, of which 
EUR 53 million (EUR 104 million in 2004) was recycled from Fair Value and Other 
Reserves. See Notes 17 and 22.

13.  Income taxes

 EURm 

Income tax expense

Current tax 
  Deferred tax 
Total 

Finland 
Other countries 
Total 

2005 

2004 
As revised 

2003
As revised

– 1 262 
– 19 
– 1 281 

– 759 
– 522 
– 1 281 

– 1 403 
– 43 
– 1 446 

– 1 128 
– 318 
– 1 446 

– 1 684
– 13
– 1 697

– 1 114
– 583
– 1 697

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The differences between income tax expense computed at statutory rates (in 
Finland 26 % in 2005 and 29 % in 2004 and 2003) and income taxes recognised in the 
consolidated income statement is reconciled as follows at December 31:

 EURm 

2005 

2004 
As revised 

2003
As revised

Income tax expense at statutory rate 

1 295 

1 372 

1 555

2003

214
537
23
162
43
159
1 138

  Amortization of goodwill 

Impairment of goodwill 

  Provisions without income tax 
  benefi t/expense 

  Taxes for prior years 

  Taxes on foreign subsidiaries’ profi ts 

in excess of (lower than) income taxes 

  at statutory rates 

  Operating losses with no current 

tax benefi t 

  Net increase in provisions 

Change in deferred tax rate 

  Deferred tax liability 
  on undistributed earnings 

  Adoption of IAS 39(R) and IFRS 2 

Income tax expense 

–  

–  

11 

1 

28 

–  

–  

– 34 

46

58

– 

56

– 30 

– 130 

– 77

–  

22 

–  

8 

–  

– 26 

1 281 

–  

67 

26 

60 

11 

46 

8

14

– 

– 

– 2

39

1 446 

1 697

At December 31, 2005, the Group had loss carry forwards, primarily attributable to 
foreign subsidiaries of EUR 92 million (EUR 105 million in 2004 and EUR 186 million in 
2003), most of which will expire between 2006 and 2023.

In the beginning of 2005, the corporate tax rate in Finland was reduced from 

29 % to 26%. The impact of the change on the Profi t and loss account through 
change in deferred taxes in 2004 was EUR 26 million. In 2005, there was no impact 
on the Profi t and loss account through a change in deferred tax.

Income taxes include a tax benefi t from a tax refund from previous years of 

EUR 48 million in 2005.

Certain of the Group companies’ income tax returns for periods ranging from 
1998 through 2004 are under examination by tax authorities. The Group does not 
believe that any signifi cant additional taxes in excess of those already provided for 
will arise as a result of the examinations.

During 2004, the Group analyzed its future foreign investment plans with re-

spect to certain foreign investments. As a result of this analysis, the Group conclud-
ed that it could no longer represent that all foreign earnings may be permanently 
reinvested. Accordingly, the Group recorded the recognition of a EUR 60 million 
deferred tax liability in 2004. In 2005, the deferred tax liability was EUR 68 million.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

14.  Intangible assets

EURm 

2005 

2004

EURm 

2005 

2004

Buildings and constructions
Acquisition cost January 1 
Translation differences 
Additions during the period 
Disposals during the period 
Accumulated acquisition cost December 31 

Accumulated depreciation January 1 
Translation differences 
Disposals during the period 
Depreciation for the period 
Accumulated depreciation December 31 

Net book value January 1 
Net book value December 31 

Machinery and equipment
Acquisition cost January 1 
Translation differences 
Additions during the period 
Disposals during the period 
Accumulated acquisition cost December 31 

Accumulated depreciation January 1 
Translation differences 
Disposals during the period 
Depreciation for the period 
Accumulated depreciation December 31 

Net book value January 1 
Net book value December 31 

Other tangible assets 
Acquisition cost January 1 
Translation differences 
Additions during the period 
Disposals during the period 
Accumulated acquisition cost December 31 

Accumulated depreciation January 1 
Translation differences 
Disposals during the period 
Depreciation for the period 
Accumulated depreciation December 31 

Net book value January 1 
Net book value December 31 

Advance payments and fixed assets under construction 
Net carrying amount January 1 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfers to: 
Other intangible assets 
Buildings and constructions 
Machinery and equipment 
Translation differences 
Net carrying amount December 31 

910 
16 
29 
– 90 
865 

– 220 
– 1 
12 
– 35 
– 244 

690 
621 

3 340 
149 
470 
– 224 
3 735 

– 2 650 
– 111 
217 
– 440 
– 2 984 

690 
751 

21 
1 
1 
– 6 
17 

– 11 
1 
6 
– 2 
 – 6 

10 
11 

40 
105 
–  

– 3 
– 4 
– 20 
2 
120 

887
– 5
38
– 10
910

– 196
2
6
– 32
– 220

691
690

3 223
 -44
438
– 277
3 340

– 2 521
31
266
– 426
– 2 650

702
690

18
2
1
– 
21

– 6
– 3
– 
– 2
– 11

12
10

53
25
– 

– 1
– 8
– 30
1
40

Total property, plant and equipment 

1 585 

1 534

Capitalized development costs 
Acquisition cost January 1 
Translation differences 
Additions during the period 
Disposals during the period 
Accumulated acquisition cost December 31 

Accumulated depreciation January 1 
Translation differences 
Disposals during the period 
Depreciation for the period 
Accumulated depreciation December 31 

Net book value January 1 
Net book value December 31 

Goodwill  
Acquisition cost January 1 
Transfer of accumulated depreciation 
Translation differences 
Additions during the period 
Disposals during the period 
Accumulated acquisition cost December 31 

Accumulated depreciation January 1 
Transfer of accumulated depreciation 
Translation differences 
Disposals during the period 
Depreciation for the period 
Accumulated depreciation December 31 

Net book value January 1 
Net book value December 31 

Other intangible assets 
Acquisition cost January 1 
Translation differences 
Additions during the period 
Disposals during the period 
Accumulated acquisition cost December 31 

Accumulated depreciation January 1 
Translation differences 
Disposals during the period 
Depreciation for the period 
Accumulated depreciation December 31 

Net book value January 1 
Net book value December 31 

1 322 
–  
153 
– 30 
1 445 

– 1 044 
–  
30 
– 171 
– 1 185 

278 
260 

1 298 
– 1 208 
–  
–  
–  
90 

– 1 208 
1 208 
–  
–  
–  
–  

90 
90 

631 
3 
59 
 – 17 
676 

– 422 
7 
14 
– 64 
– 465 

209 
211 

1 336
– 
101
– 115
1 322

 -799
– 
– 
– 245
– 1 044

537
278

1 298
– 
– 
– 
– 
1 298

– 1 112
– 
– 
– 
– 96
– 1 208

186
90

548
4
86
– 7
631

– 363
2
7
– 68
– 422

185
209

15.  Property, plant and equipment

EURm 

2005 

2004

Land and water areas
Acquisition cost January 1 
Translation differences 
Additions during the period 
Disposals during the period 
Accumulated acquisition cost December 31 

Net book value January 1 
Net book value December 31 

104 
1 
5 
– 28 
82 

104 
82 

108
– 
1
– 5
104

108
104

22 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Investments in associated companies

EURm 

2005 

2004

Net carrying amount January 1 
Additions 
Deductions 
Share of results 
Translation differences 
Other movements 
Net carrying amount December 31 

200 
12 
– 17 
10 
8 
– 20 
193 

76
150
– 
– 26
1
– 1
200

In 2005, the Group disposed part of its 36.2 % minority holding in Aircom Ltd. result-
ing to a holding of 10 %. The gain on the sale recorded in other operating income 
was EUR 18 million. The Group’s remaining 10 % holding in Aircom shares is recorded 
as a non-current available-for-sale investment.

In 2004, the Group increased its ownership in Symbian from 32.2 % to 47.9 % 

by acquiring part of the shares of Symbian owned by Psion for EUR 102 million 
(GBP  70  million). EUR 68 million (GBP 47 million) of the total acquisition cost was paid 
in cash and the remaining purchase price is considered as contingent consideration 
to be paid in 2005 and 2006. The Group also participated in a rights issue to raise 
EUR 73 million (GBP 50 million) additional funding to Symbian. The issue was pro rata 
to existing shareholders.

Shareholdings in associated companies are comprised of investments in un-

listed companies in all periods presented.

17.  Available-for-sale investments

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

18.  Long-term loans receivable
Long-term loans receivable, consisting of loans made to suppliers and to customers 
principally to support their fi nancing of network infrastructure and services or 
working capital, net of allowances and write-offs amounts (Note 9), are repayable 
as follows:

EURm 

Under 1 year 
Between 1 and 2 years 
Between 2 and 5 years 
Over 5 years 

19.  Inventories

EURm 

Raw materials, supplies and other 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 
Total 

2005 

2004

56 
–  
7 
–  
63 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2005 

361 
685 
622 
1 668 

2004

326
477
502
1 305

20.  Receivables and prepaids
Accounts receivable include EUR 166 million (EUR 118 million in 2004) due more than 
12 months after the balance sheet date.

Prepaid expenses and accrued income consists of VAT and other tax receivables, 

EURm 

Fair value at January 1 
Deductions, net 
Fair value gains (losses) 
Impairment charges (Note 9) 
Fair value at December 31 

Non-current 
Current 
Current, liquid assets 
Current, cash equivalents 

2005 

2004

prepaid pension costs, accrued interest income and other accrued income, but no 
amounts which are individually signifi cant.

10 876 
– 2 227 
– 28 
– 30 
8 591 

246 
–  
6 852 
1 493 

11 088
– 221
20
– 11
10 876

169
255
9 085
1 367

Available-for-sale investments, comprising marketable debt and equity securities 
and investments in unlisted equity shares, are fair valued, except in the case of 
certain unlisted equities, where the fair value cannot be measured reliably. Such 
unlisted equities are carried at cost, less impairment (EUR 82 million in 2005 and EUR 
54 million in 2004). Fair value for equity investments traded in active markets and 
for unlisted equities, where the fair value can be measured reliably, was EUR 165 
million in 2005 and EUR 115 million in 2004. Fair value for equity investments traded 
in active markets is determined by using exchange quoted bid prices. For other 
investments, fair value is estimated by using the current market value of similar 
instruments or by reference to the discounted cash fl ows of the underlying net as-
sets. Gains and losses arising from the change in the fair value of available-for-sale 
investments are recognized directly in Fair value and Other Reserves.

Available-for-sale investments comprise: (1) highly liquid, interest-bearing 
investments with maturities at acquisition of longer than 3 months, which are 
regarded as current available-for-sale investments, liquid assets, (2) similar types 
of investments as in category (1), but with maturities at acquisition of less than 3 
months, which are regarded as current available-for-sale investments, cash equiva-
lents. The remaining part of the available-for-sale investments portfolio is classifi ed 
as non-current. See Note 38 for details of these investments.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

21.  Valuation and qualifying accounts

Allowances on assets to which they apply: 

Balance at  
beginning of year 
EURm 

Charged to cost 
 and expenses 
EURm 

 Deductions 1  

EURm 

Balance at
end of year
EURm

2005 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Excess and obsolete inventory 

2004 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Excess and obsolete inventory 

2003
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Excess and obsolete inventory 

1 

Deductions include utilization and releases of the allowances.

22.  Fair value and other reserves

361 
172 

367 
188 

300 
290 

80 
376 

155 
308 

228 
229 

– 160 
– 249 

– 161 
– 324 

– 161 
– 331 

281
299

361
172

367
188

Balance at December 31, 2002, As revised 

2 

0 

2 

– 13 

– 16 

– 29 

– 11 

– 16 

– 27

Hedging reserve, EURm 

Available-for-sale
investments, EURm 

Total, EURm

Gross 

Tax 

Net 

Gross 

Tax 

Net 

Gross 

Tax 

Net

Cash flow hedges (revised):

Fair value gains/losses in period 

Available-for-sale investments: 
  Net fair value gains/losses 
  Transfer to profit and loss account on impairment 
  Transfer of fair value gains to profit and loss account on disposal 
  Transfer of fair value losses to profit and loss account on disposal 
Balance at December 31, 2003, As revised 

Cash flow hedges (revised): 

Fair value gains/losses in period 

Available-for-sale investments:
  Net fair value gains/losses 
  Transfer to profit and loss account on impairment 
  Transfer of fair value gains to profit and loss account on disposal 
  Transfer of fair value losses to profit and loss account on disposal 
Balance at December 31, 2004, As revised 

Cash flow hedges: 

Fair value gains/losses in period 

Available-for-sale investments:
  Net fair value gains/losses 
  Transfer to profit and loss account on impairment 
  Transfer of fair value gains to profit and loss account on disposal 
  Transfer of fair value losses to profit and loss account on disposal 
Balance at December 31, 2005 

12 

–  
–  
–  
–  
14 

–  

–  
–  
–  
–  
14 

– 2 

–  
–  
–  
–  
– 2 

– 1 

–  
–  
–  
–  
– 3 

10 

–  
–  
–  
–  
12 

– 1 

–  
–  
–  
–  
11 

– 177 

45 

– 132 

–  
–  
–  
–  
– 163 

–  
–  
–  
–  
42 

–  
–  
–  
–  
– 121 

–  

–  

–  

12 

– 2 

10

110 
27 
– 84 
43 
83 

–  

18 
11 
– 105 
–  
7 

–  

– 69 
9 
– 5 
2 
– 56 

– 12 
–  
20 
– 6 
– 14 

–  

– 1 
–  
10 
–  
– 5 

–  

6 
–  
–  
–  
1 

98 
27 
– 64 
37 
69 

–  

17 
11 
– 95 
–  
2 

110 
27 
– 84 
43 
97 

– 12 
–  
20 
– 6 
– 16 

98
27
– 64
37
80

–  

– 1 

– 1

18 
11 
– 105 
–  
21 

– 1 
–  
10 
–  
– 8 

17
11
 – 95
– 
13

–  

– 177 

45 

– 132

– 63 
9 
– 5 
2 
– 55 

– 69 
9 
– 5 
2 
– 219 

6 
–  
–  
–  
43 

– 63
9
– 5
2
– 176

24 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Following the changes in IFRS on hedge accounting 
rules IAS 39(R) effective from January 1, 2005, the 
Group has revised its method of hedging foreign 
exchange risks to ensure hedge accounting treat-
ment under the new rules. As IAS 39(R) changes are 
retrospective for the Group as an existing IFRS user, 
the reserves of cash fl ow hedges recorded in equity at 
the end of 2003 and 2004, that would not qualify for 
hedge accounting under IAS 39(R), are reclassifi ed to 
profi t and loss account, which impacts on the closing 
balances of cash fl ow hedge reserves. The retrospec-
tive implementation of this change increased 2004 
and 2003 net sales by EUR 104 million and EUR 78 mil-
lion, respectively, and increased 2004 operating profi t 
by EUR 58 million and decreased 2003 operating profi t 
by EUR 10 million. More information on the adoption of 
IAS 39(R) is available in Note 1 and Note 2.

In order to ensure that amounts deferred in the 

cash fl ow hedging reserve represent only the effective 
portion of gains and losses on properly designated 
hedges of future transactions that remain highly prob-
able at the balance sheet date, Nokia has adopted a 
process under which all derivative gains and losses are 
initially recognized in the profi t and loss account. The 
appropriate reserve balance is calculated at the end of 
each period and posted to the Hedging Reserve.

The Group continuously reviews the underlying 
cash fl ows and the hedges allocated thereto, to ensure 
that the amounts transferred to the Hedging Reserve 
during the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 
do not include gains/losses on forward exchange 
contracts that have been designated to hedge fore-
casted sales or purchases that are no longer expected 
to occur. Because of the number of transactions 

undertaken during each period and the process used 
to calculate the reserve balance, separate disclosure 
of the transfers of gains and losses to and from the 
reserve would be impractical.

All of the net fair value gains or losses recorded in 
the Fair value and other reserve at December 31, 2005 
on open forward foreign exchange contracts which 
hedge anticipated future foreign currency sales or 
purchases are transferred from the Hedging Reserve 
to the profi t and loss account when the forecasted 
foreign currency cash fl ows occur, at various dates up 
to 1 year from the balance sheet date.

23.  The shares of the Parent Company
See Note 15 to the fi nancial statements of the Parent 
Company.

24.  Share-based payment
The Group has several equity based incentive 
programs for employees, in which management also 
participates. The programs include performance share 
plans, stock option plans and restricted share plans.

The equity-based incentive grants are generally 

forfeited, if the employment relationship with the 
Group terminates, and they are conditional upon the 
fulfi llment of the performance and such other condi-
tions, as determined in the relevant plan rules.

Stock options
The Group’s outstanding stock option plans currently 
include the so called “Global plans” launched in 2001, 
2003 and 2005. These plans have been approved by 
the Annual General Meeting in the year of the launch 
of the plan.

Under these plans, each stock option entitles the 

holder to subscribe for one new Nokia share with a 
par value of EUR 0.06 each. In the 2001 stock option 
plan the stock options are transferable and the stock 
options under the 2003 and 2005 plans are non-trans-
ferable by the participants. All of the stock options 
have a quarterly staggered vesting schedule, as speci-
fi ed in the table below. The exercise prices are deter-
mined at the time of the grant, on a quarterly basis 
equalling the trade volume weighted average price of 
the Nokia share on the Helsinki Stock Exchange during 
the trading days of the fi rst whole week of the second 
month (i.e. February, May, August or November) of the 
respective calendar quarter, when the sub-category of 
the stock option is denominated.

The exercises based on the stock options issued 
under the 2001, 2003 and 2005 stock option plans are 
settled with newly issued shares which will entitle the 
holder to a dividend for the fi nancial year in which the 
subscription occurs. Other shareholder rights com-
mence on the date on which the shares subscribed for 
are registered with the Finnish Trade Register.

Pursuant to the stock options issued, an ag-
gregate maximum number of 144  495  187 new shares 
were authorized for subscription representing 
EUR  8  669  711 of the share capital and approximately 
3 % of the total number of votes on December 31, 2005. 
During 2005 the exercise of 125  240 options resulted in 
the issuance of 125  240 new shares and an increase of 
the share capital of the Group by EUR 7 514.40.

There were no other stock options or convertible 

bonds outstanding as of December 31, 2005, which 
upon exercise would result in an increase of the share 
capital of the parent company.

Outstanding stock option plans of the Group, December 31, 2005

Exercise period

Number of 
Total  participants 

Plan (Year 
of launch)   plan size 

(approx.)  (Sub)category 

Vesting status
 (as percentage of
total number
Option   of stock options 
outstanding) 

2001 1, 2  

102 869 000 

30 000

2003 2   

33 452 000 

20 000 

2005 2  

2001A+B 

2001C3Q/01 

2001C4Q/01 

2001C1Q/02 

2001C3Q/02 

2001C4Q/02 

2002A+B 

2003 2Q 
2003 3Q 
2003 4Q 
2004 2Q 
2004 3Q 
2004 4Q 

2005 2Q 
2005 3Q 
2005 4Q 

100.00 

100.00 

93.75 

87.50 

75.00 

68.75 

81.25 

56.25 
50.00 
43.75 
31.25 
25.00 
0.00 

0.00 
0.00 
0.00 

8 174 000 

4 000

1 

2 

The stock options under the 2001 plan are listed on the Helsinki Stock Exchange.

The Group’s current stock option plans (the so called “Global plans”) have a vesting schedule with
a 25 % vesting 1 year after grant, and quarterly vesting thereafter, each representing 6.25 % of the
total grant. The grants vest fully in 4 years.

 First vest date 

Last vest date 

Expiry date 

July 1, 2002 

July 1, 2005 

December 31, 2006 

October 1, 2002 

October 3, 2005 

December 31, 2006 

January 1, 2003 

January 2, 2006 

December 31, 2006 

April 1, 2003 

April 3, 2006 

December 31, 2007 

October 1, 2003 

October 2, 2006 

December 31, 2007 

January 1, 2004 

January 2, 2007 

December 31, 2007 

July 1, 2003 

July 3, 2006 

December 31, 2007 

July 1, 2004 
October 1, 2004 
January 3, 2005 
July 1, 2005 
October 3, 2005 
January 2, 2006 

July 2, 2007 
October 1, 2007 
January 2, 2008 
July 1, 2008 
October 1, 2008 
January 2, 2009 

December 31, 2008 
December 31, 2008 
December 31, 2008 
December 31, 2009 
December 31, 2009 
December 31, 2009 

July 3, 2006 
October 2, 2006 
January 2, 2007 

July 1, 2009 
October 1, 2009 
January 1, 2010 

December 31, 2010 
December 31, 2010 
December 31, 2010 

Exercise price/
share EUR

36.75

20.61

26.67

26.06

12.99

16.86

17.89

14.95 
12.71 
15.05 
11.79 
9.44 
12.35 

12.79 
13.09 
14.48 

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Other employee stock option plans
In addition to the plans discussed above, the Group 
has minor stock option plans for the Group’s employ-
ees in the U.S. and Canada which do not result in an 
increase of the share capital of the Group and in which 
holders receive Nokia ADSs. The plans are settled 

with Nokia’s existing shares, which are converted 
into ADS’s. On the basis of these stock option plans 
the Group had 1.2 million stock options outstanding 
on December 31, 2005. Each stock option entitles the 
holder to receive the same amount of Nokia ADSs. The 
average exercise price of stock options under these 

plans is USD 25.36. These stock options are included in 
the table below. Treasury shares are acquired by the 
Group to meet its obligations under employee stock 
compensation plans in the U.S. and Canada. When 
treasury shares are issued on exercise of stock options 
any gain or loss is recognized in share issue premium.

Number of shares 

Weighted average  Weighted average  Aggregate intrinsic
value, EURm
exercise price, EUR 

share price, EUR 

221 443 235 
31 098 505 
7 700 791 
5 847 332 
238 993 617 
7 172 424 
781 338 
4 733 995 
97 693 392 
142 957 316 
8 552 160 
724 796 
5 052 794 
145 731 886 
148 150 370 
83 667 122 
112 095 407 

12.57 

12.49 

13.42 

28.81 
14.94 
3.97 
25.23 
27.90 
11.88 
8.33 
19.55 
33.99 
23.29 
12.82 
10.94 
17.86 
22.97 
31.88 
26.18 
25.33 

106

105

4

61
18
12
17

Total stock options outstanding

Shares under option at December 31, 2002 
Granted 1 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Shares under option at December 31, 2003 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Expired 
Shares under option at December 31, 2004 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Shares under option at December 31, 2005 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2003 (shares) 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2004 (shares) 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2005 (shares) 

1 

Includes options converted in acquisitions.

The weighted average grant date fair value per option 
granted was EUR 2.45 in 2005, EUR 2.59 in 2004 and 
EUR 3.48 in 2003.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised 

was EUR 2 million in 2005, EUR 3 million in 2004 and 
EUR 66 million in 2003.

The options outstanding by range of exercise 

price at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

Options outstanding 

  Vested options outstanding

  Weighted average 
remaining  

Weighted
remaining

Exercise prices, EUR 

Number of  
shares 

contractual  Weighted average 
life in years  exercise price, EUR 

Number of  
shares 

contractual  Weighted average
life in years  exercise price, EUR

0.56 – 14.48 

14.95 – 17.72 

17.89 

18.63 – 36.49 

36.75 – 47.14 

15 404 732 

27 034 385 

44 820 871 

19 557 612 

38 914 286 

145 731 886 

2.89 

1.23 

0.60 

0.38 

0.40 

12.24 

14.96 

17.89 

26.65 

36.77 

2 631 467 

15 136 134 

37 025 490 

18 388 030 

38 914 286 

112 095 407

1.81 

0.59 

0.50 

0.38 

0.40 

11.13

14.96

17.89

26.65

36.77

26 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Nokia calculates the fair value of options using the Black Scholes model. The fair value of the stock options is 
estimated on the date of grants using the following assumptions:

Dividend yield 
Weighted average expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Weighted average risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (years) 
Weighted average share price 

2005 

2004 

2003

2.50 % 
25.92 % 
2 16 – 3.09 % 
2.60 % 
3.59 
13.20 

2.44 % 
33.00 % 
2 24 – 4.22 % 
3.07 % 
3.20 
11.84 

2.05 %
35.00 %
2 20 – 3.70 %
2.80 %
3.60
14.53

Expected term of share options is estimated by 
observing general option holder behaviour and actual 
historical terms of Nokia stock option programs.

The assumption of the expected volatility has 

been set by reference to the implied volatility of 
options available on Nokia shares in the open market 
and in light of historical patterns of volatility.

Performance shares
The Group has granted performance shares under 
the 2004 and 2005 performance share plans, which 
have been approved by the Board of Directors. A 
valid authorization from the Annual General Meeting 
is required, when the plans are settled using the 
Company’s newly issued shares or disposal of existing 
treasury shares. The Group may also settle the plans 
using shares purchased on the open market or in 
lieu of shares cash settlement. The Group introduced 

performance shares in 2004 as the main element 
to broad-based equity compensation program, 
to further emphasize the performance element in 
employees’ long-term incentives. The performance 
shares represent a commitment by the Company to 
deliver Nokia shares to employees at a future point 
in time, subject to the company’s fulfi llment of pre-
defi ned performance criteria. No performance shares 
will vest unless the Company’s performance reaches 
at least one of the threshold levels measured by two 
independent, pre-defi ned performance criteria. For 
performance between the threshold and maximum 
performance levels the settlement follows a linear 
scale. Performance exceeding the maximum criteria 
does not increase the number of shares vesting. The 
maximum number of performance shares (Maximum 
Number) equals four times the number originally 
granted (Threshold Number). The criteria are calcu-

lated based on the Group’s Average Annual Net Sales 
Growth and Earnings per Share (“EPS”) Growth (basic) 
for the four year performance period of the plan. For 
the 2004 plan the performance period consists of the 
fi scal years 2004 through 2007 and for the 2005 plan 
the years 2005 through 2008.

For both the 2004 and 2005 plans, if either of the 

required performance levels are achieved, the fi rst 
settlement will take place after two years’ interim 
measurement period and is limited to a maximum 
vesting equal to the Threshold Number. The second 
and fi nal settlement, if any, will be after the close of 
the four year performance period. Any settlement 
made after the Interim Measurement Period, will 
be deducted from the fi nal settlement after the full 
Performance Period.

The following tables give certain information about our 2004 and 2005 performance share plans.

Plan name 

2004 

2005 

Total Plan Size 
(Threshold 
Number) 

Number of 
participants 
(approx.) 

Interim
Measurement 
Period 

Performance 
Period 

1st (Interim) 
Settlement 

2nd (Final)
Settlement

3 685 063 

4 357 754 

11 000 

12 000 

2004 – 2005 

2005 – 2006 

2005 – 2008 

2006 – 2009 

2006 

2007 

2009

2010

Performance criterion 1 

2004 Plan 

2005 Plan

Threshold 
Performance 

EPS growth 

Maximum 
Performance 

Average Annual 
Net Sales 
Growth 
EPS growth 

Average Annual 
Net Sales 
Growth 

Interim Measurement Period 
Performance Period 
Vesting (no. of shares) 2 
Interim Measurement Period 
Performance Period 
Vesting (no. of shares) 2 
Interim Measurement Period 
Performance Period 
Vesting (no. of shares) 2 
Interim Measurement Period 
Performance Period 
Vesting (no. of shares) 2 

0.80 
0.84 
1.84 million 
4% 
4% 
1.84 million 
0.94 
1.18 
7.37 million 
16% 
16% 
7.37 million 

0.75
0.82
2.18 million
3 %
3 %
2.18 million
0.96
1.33
8.72 million
12 %
12 %
8.72 million

1 

Both the EPS and Average Annual Net Sales Growth criteria
have an equal weight of 50%.

2 

A performance share represents the grant at threshold.
At maximum performance, the settlement amounts to 4 times
the number of shares originally granted at threshold.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

28 

Nokia in 2005

In accordance with the plan rules, prior to vesting, the 
Group will determine the method by which the shares 
are obtained for delivery, which may also include 
cash settlement. Until the shares are transferred and 
delivered, the recipients will not have any shareholder 

rights, such as voting or dividend rights associated 
with respect to the performance shares.

The table below gives certain information 
relating to the performance shares outstanding as at 
December 31, 2005.

Number of 
performance 
shares at 
Threshold 

Weighted  
average 
grant date 
fair value EUR 1  

Performance shares at January 1, 2005 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Performance shares at December 31, 2005 

3 910 840 
4 469 219 
337 242 
8 042 817 

10.58 
11.86 
10.74 
11.28 

1 

The fair value of performance shares is estimated based on the 
grant date market price of the Company’s share less expected 
dividends.

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)

3.25
3.74
3.88
2.79

No performance shares vested during the year. Based 
on the performance of the Group during the Interim 
Measurement Period 2004 – 2005, under the 2004 
Performance Share Plan, both performance criteria 
were met and as such 3.68 million shares equalling the 
threshold number are expected to vest in 2006. The 
shares will vest as of the date of the Annual General 
Meeting of the Group on March 30, 2006 and the 
settlement will take place as soon as practicable after 
vesting.

Restricted shares
Since 2003, the Group has granted restricted shares 
to recruit, retain, reward and motivate selected high 
potential employees, who are critical to the future 
success. The restricted share plans 2003, 2004 and 
2005 have been approved by the Board of Directors. 

A valid authorization from the Annual General Meet-
ing is required when the plans are settled using the 
Company’s newly issued shares or disposal of existing 
own shares. The Group may also settle the plans using 
shares purchased on the open market. The number of 
participants in the restricted share plans is approxi-
mately 500. All of our restricted share grants have 
a restriction period of three years after grant, after 
which period the granted shares will vest. As soon 
as practicable after vesting, they will be transferred 
and delivered to the recipients. Until shares are trans-
ferred and delivered, the recipients will not have any 
shareholder rights, such as voting or dividend rights 
associated with these restricted shares.

The table below gives certain information 
relating to the Restricted Shares outstanding as at 
December 31, 2005.

Number of 
Restricted 
Shares 

Weighted 
average 
grant date  
fair value EUR 1 

Restricted Shares at January 1, 2005 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Restricted Shares at December 31, 2005 

2 319 430 
3 016 746 
150 500 
5 185 676 

11.55 
12.14 
14.31 
11.59 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)

2.06
2.76
0.74
2.06

1 

The fair value of Restricted Shares is estimated based 
on the grant date market price of the Company’s share less 
expected dividends.

No Restricted Shares vested during the year.

Other equity plans for employees
The Group also sponsors other immaterial equity 
plans for employees.

Total compensation cost related 
to unvested awards
As of December 31, 2005, there was EUR 287 million of 
total deferred compensation cost related to nonvested 
share-based compensation arrangements granted 
under the company’s plans, including deferred com-
pensation recorded related to other social costs. That 

cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted 
average period of 2.89 years. The total fair value of 
shares vested during the years ended December 31, 
2005, 2004 and 2003 was EUR 150 million, EUR 242 mil-
lion and EUR 300 million, respectively.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. Distributable earnings

27. Deferred taxes

EURm 

2005

EURm 

2005 

2004

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Retained earnings 
Translation differences (distributable earnings) 
Treasury shares 
Other non-distributable items 
  Portion of untaxed reserves 

Distributable earnings December 31 

13 154
– 176
– 3 616

91

9 453

Retained earnings under IFRS and Finnish Accounting Standards (FAS) are substan-
tially the same. Distributable earnings are calculated based on Finnish legislation.

26. Long-term liabilities

Long-term loans are repayable as follows:

  Repayment
date 

Outstanding 
Dec. 31, 2005 
EURm 

beyond  Outstanding
5 years  Dec. 31, 2004
EURm

EURm 

Long-term interest-bearing 
liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Total long-term liabilities 

21 
96 
117 

21 
96 
117 
151 
268 

19
96
115
179
294

The long-term liabilities, excluding deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2005, 
mature as follows:

2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
Thereafter 

EURm 

Percent of total

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
117 
117 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
100.0 %
100.0 %

The currency mix of the Group long-term liabilities as at December 31, 2005 
was as follows:

EUR  96.00 %  USD  4.00 %

Deferred tax assets: 

Intercompany profi t in inventory 

  Tax losses carried forward 
  Warranty provision 
  Other provisions 

Fair value gains/losses 

  Untaxed reserves 
  Other temporary differences 
Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
  Untaxed reserves 

Fair value gains/losses 
  Undistributed earnings 
  Other 
Total deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax asset 

49 
7 
107 
170 
43 
88 
228 
692 

– 24 
–  
– 68 
– 59 
– 151 
541 

41
12
118
174
– 
88
190
623

– 30
– 28
– 60
– 61
– 179
444

The tax charged to shareholders’ equity is as follows: 
Fair value and other reserves, fair value gains/losses 

93 

– 7

In 2005, the corporate tax rate in Finland reduced from 29 % to 26 %. The decrease of 
tax rate had no impact in deferred taxes in 2005 (a reduction of EUR 26 million in net 
deferred tax assets in 2004).

During 2004, the Group analyzed the majority of its future foreign investment 

plans with respect to foreign investments. As a result of this analysis, the Group 
concluded that it could no longer represent that all foreign earnings may be perma-
nently reinvested. Accordingly, the Group recorded the recognition of a 
EUR 68 million deferred tax liability during 2005 (EUR 60 million in 2004).

At December 31, 2005 the Group had loss carry forwards of EUR 71 million 
(EUR 67 million in 2004) for which no deferred tax asset was recognized due to 
uncertainty of utilization of these loss carry forwards. These loss carry forwards will 
expire in years 2006 through 2011.

28.  Short-term borrowings
Short-term borrowings consist primarily of borrowings from banks denominated 
in different foreign currencies. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 
2005 and 2004 was 4.68% and 3.07%, respectively.

29.  Accrued expenses

EURm 

Social security, VAT and other taxes 
Wages and salaries 
Prepaid income 
Other 
Total 

2005 

2004
As revised

790 
326 
268 
1 936 
3 320 

448
209
293
1 654
2 604

Other operating expense accruals include various amounts which are individually 
insignifi cant.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

30.  Provisions

EURm 

At January 1, 2005, As revised 
Exchange differences 
Additional provisions 
Change in fair value 
Changes in estimates 
Charged to profi t and loss account 
Utilized during year 
At December 31, 2005 

Warranty 

IPR 
infringements 

1 217 
22 
819 
–  
– 202 
617 
– 675 
1 181 

358 
–  
101 
–  
– 41 
60 
– 22 
396 

Tax 

364 
–  
64 
–  
– 42 
22 
–  
386 

Other 

549 
–  
169 
3 
– 39 
133 
– 166 
516 

Total

2 488
22
1 153
3
– 324
832
– 863
2 479

EURm 

Analysis of total provisions at December 31:
Non-current 
Current 

2005 

2004

788 
1 691 

726
1 762

The IPR provision is based on estimated future settlements for asserted and unas-
serted past IPR infringements. Final resolution of IPR claims generally occurs over 
several periods. This results in varying usage of the provision year to year.

Other provisions include provisions for non-cancelable purchase commitments, 

provision for pension and other social costs on share-based awards and provision 
for losses on projects in progress.

31.  Earnings per share

Numerator/EURm 
Basic/Diluted: 
  Profi t attributable to equity holders 
  of the parent 
Denominator/1 000 shares
Basic: 
  Weighted average shares 

Effect of dilutive securities:
stock options, restricted shares 

  and performance shares 
Diluted: 
  Adjusted weighted average shares 
  and assumed conversions 

2005 

2004 
As revised 

2003
As revised

3 616 

3 192 

3 543

4 365 547 

4 593 196 

4 761 121

5 692 

7 141 

40

4 371 239 

4 600 337 

4 761 160

Under IAS 33, basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average 
number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is com-
puted using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period 
plus the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted shares and performance shares 
outstanding during the period.

30 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.  Commitments and contingencies

EURm 

2005 

2004

Collateral for our own commitments 
Property under mortgages 
Assets pledged 

Contingent liabilities on behalf of Group companies 
Other guarantees 

Contingent liabilities on behalf of other companies 
Guarantees for loans 1 
Other guarantees 

Financing commitments 
Customer fi nance commitments 1 

1 

See also Note 38 b.

18 
10 

18
11

276 

275

– 
2 

13 

3
2

56

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

33.  Leasing contracts
The Group leases offi ce, manufacturing and warehouse space under various non-
cancellable operating leases. Certain contracts contain renewal options for various 
periods of time.

The future costs for non-cancellable leasing contracts are as follows:

Leasing payments, EURm

Operating leases

187
144
108
88
60
77
664

2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
Thereafter 
Total 

The amounts above represent the maximum principal amount of commitments and 
contingencies.

Rental expense amounted to EUR 262 million in 2005 (EUR 236 million in 2004 and 
EUR 285 million in 2003).

Property under mortgages given as collateral for our own commitments 

include mortgages given to the Finnish National Board of Customs as a general 
indemnity of EUR 18 million in 2005 (EUR 18 million in 2004).

Assets pledged for the Group’s own commitments include available-for-sale 
investments of EUR 10 million in 2005 (EUR 11 million of available-for-sale invest-
ments in 2004).

Other guarantees include guarantees of Nokia’s performance of EUR 234 million 

in 2005 (EUR 223 million in 2004). However, EUR 182 million of these guarantees are 
provided to certain Networks’ customers in the form of bank guarantees, standby 
letters of credit and other similar instruments. These instruments entitle the 
customer to claim payment as compensation for non-performance by Nokia of its 
obligations under network infrastructure supply agreements. Depending on the na-
ture of the instrument, compensation is payable either immediately upon request, 
or subject to independent verifi cation of nonperformance by Nokia.

Guarantees for loans on behalf of other companies of EUR 0 million in 2005 
(EUR 3 million in 2004) represent guarantees relating to payment by certain Net-
works’ customers under specifi ed loan facilities between such customers and their 
creditors. Nokia’s obligations under such guarantees are released upon the earlier 
of expiration of the guarantee or early payment by the customer.

Financing commitments of EUR 13 million in 2005 (EUR 56 million in 2004) are 
available under loan facilities negotiated with customers of Networks. Availability 
of the amounts is dependent upon the borrower’s continuing compliance with 
stated fi nancial and operational covenants and compliance with other administra-
tive terms of the facility. The loan facilities are primarily available to fund capital 
expenditure relating to purchases of network infrastructure equipment and services 
and to fund working capital.

The Group has been named as defendant along with certain of its senior 
executives in a class action complaint in the United States relating to certain public 
statements about its product portfolio and related fi nancial projections in early 
2004. The Group does not believe that the claim has merit and intends to vigorously 
defend itself.

The Group is party to routine litigation incidental to the normal conduct of 
business. In the opinion of management the outcome of and liabilities in excess of 
what has been provided for related to these or other proceedings, in the aggregate, 
are not likely to be material to the fi nancial condition or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2005, the Group had purchase commitments of EUR 1 919 

million (EUR 1 236 million in 2004) relating to inventory purchase obligations, 
primarily for purchases in 2006.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

34.  Related party transactions
Nokia Pension Foundation is a separate legal entity that manages and holds in 
trust the assets for the Group’s Finnish employee benefi t plans; these assets include 
0.009 % of Nokia shares.

At December 31, 2005, the Group had borrowings amounting to EUR 62 million 

(EUR 62 million in 2004) from Nokia Unterstützungskasse GmbH, the Group’s German 
pension fund, which is a separate legal entity.

The Group recorded net rental expense of EUR 2 million in 2005 (EUR 2 million in 
2004 and EUR 2 million in 2003) pertaining to a sale-leaseback transaction with the 
Nokia Pension Foundation involving certain buildings and a lease of the underlying 
land.

There were no loans granted to the members of the Group Executive Board and 

Board of Directors at December 31, 2005 or 2004.

EURm 

2005 

2004 

2003

Transactions with associated companies
Share of results of associated companies 
Dividend income 
Share of shareholders’ equity 
of associated companies 
Liabilities to associated companies 

Management remuneration

10 
1 

33 
14 

– 26 
2 

37 
3 

– 18
3

18
3

CEO and Chairman, and President
The following table depicts the base salary and cash incentive payments informa-
tion awarded to the Chief Executive Offi cer and Chairman, and the President of 
Nokia Corporation for fi scal years 2003-2005 as well as the share-based compensa-
tion expense relating to equity-based awards, expensed by the Group.

2005 

2004 

2003

Base 
salary 
EUR 

Cash 

Share-based 
incentive  compensation 
payments 
EUR 

expense 
EUR 

Base 
salary 
EUR 

Cash 

Share-based 
incentive compensation 
payments 
EUR 

expense 
EUR 

Base 
salary 
EUR 

Cash 

Share-based
incentive  compensation
payments 
EUR 

expense
EUR

Jorma Ollila
CEO and Chairman 

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo
President since Oct. 1, 2005  

Pekka Ala-Pietilä
President until Oct. 1, 2005 1  

1 500 000 

3 212 037 

3 389 994 

1 475 238 

1 936 221 

2 109 863 

1 400 000 

2 253 192 

1 028 775

623 524 

947 742 

666 313 

584 000 

454 150 

394 979 

575 083 

505 724 

154 316

717 000 

946 332 

745 733 

717 000 

479 509 

493 556 

711 279 

520 143 

218 615

1 

Pekka Ala-Pietilä served as the President of the Group and member of the Group Executive Board 
until he resigned from these positions effective October 1, 2005. As of this date Mr. Ala-Pietilä held 
the role of Executive Advisor until January 31, 2006, when he ceased employment with the Group. 
For 2006, based on these advisory services, Mr. Ala-Pietilä received a total payment of EUR 101 717. 
Based on the service contract, Pekka Ala-Pietilä is entitled to receive a payment of EUR 956 000 in 
2006 for his commitments during 2006.

Total remuneration of the Group Executive Board awarded for the fi scal years ended 
2003 – 2005 was EUR 14 684 602 in 2005 (EUR 13 594 942 in 2004 and EUR 10 859  644 in 
2003), which consisted of base salaries and cash incentive payments. Total share-
based compensation expense relating to equity-based awards, expensed by the 
Group was EUR 8 295 227 in 2005 (EUR 4 763 545 in 2004 and EUR 1 776 736 in 2003).

32 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Board of Directors
The following table depicts the annual remuneration structure paid to the members 
of our Board of Directors, as resolved by the Annual General Meetings in the respec-
tive years. Since the fi scal year 1999, approximately 60 % of each Board member’s 
annual fee has been paid in cash, with the balance in Nokia Corporation shares 
acquired from the market.

Chairman 

Vice Chairman 

Other Members

Gross 
annual fee 
EUR 

Shares 
received 1 

Gross 
annual fee 
EUR 

Shares 
received 1 

Gross 
annual fee 
EUR 

Shares
received 1 

Additional annual fees

150 000 

4 032 

125 000 

3 360 

100 000 

2 688 

Year 

2003 

2004 

150 000 

4 834 

125 000 

4 028 

100 000 

3 223 

2005 

165 000 

5 011 

137 500 

4 175 

110 000 

3 340 

Chairman of the Audit Committee and Personnel Committee,
each EUR 25 000

Chairman of the Audit Committee and Personnel Committee,
each EUR 25 000

Chairman of the Audit Committee and Personnel Committee,
each EUR 25 000;  
Each other member of the Audit Committee, EUR 10 000

1 

As part of the gross annual fee for that year.

The following table depicts the total annual remuneration paid to the members of 
our Board of Directors, as resolved by the Annual General Meetings in the respective 
years.

Gross annual fee *

2005 
EUR 

2004 
EUR 

2003
EUR

165 000 

150 000 

150 000

162 500.2 

120 000 3 

110 000 

110 000 

135 000 4 

110 000 

110 000 

120 000 5 

120 000 6 

150 000 2 

150 000 2

100 000 

100 000

– 

100 000 

125 000 4 

– 

100 000 

100 000 

100 000 

–

100 000

125 000

–

100 000

100 000

100 000

– 

– 

125 000 7

Board of directors

Jorma Ollila 1
Chairman and CEO 

Paul Collins
Vice Chairman 

Georg Ehrnrooth 

Daniel R. Hesse 

Dr. Bengt Holmström 

Per Karlsson 

Edouard Michelin 

Dame Marjorie Scardino 

Vesa Vainio 

Arne Wessberg 

Former Board Member:

Robert F.W. van Oordt 

1 

2 

3 

4 

In addition to the fee as the Chairman of the Board, Jorma Ollila receives compensation for his 
services as the CEO of Nokia Corporation. This annual cash compensation is presented in the table 
“CEO and Chairman, and President” above.

The 2005 fee of Paul Collins amounts to a total of EUR 162 500, consisting of a fee of EUR 137 500 
for services as Vice Chairman of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Personnel 
Committee. Each 2004 and 2003 fees of Mr. Collins amounted to a total of EUR 150 000, consisting of 
a fee of EUR 125 000 for services as Vice Chairman of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chair-
man of the Personnel Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Collins has received a total 
of 4 935 Nokia shares in 2005, 4 834 Nokia shares in 2004 and 4 032 Nokia shares in 2003.

The 2005 fee of Georg Ehrnrooth amounts to a total of EUR 120 000 consisting of a fee of EUR 
110  000 for services as a member of the Board and EUR 10 000 for services as a member of the Audit 
Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Ehrnrooth has received a total of 3 644 Nokia 
shares.

The 2005 fee of Per Karlsson amounts to a total of EUR 135 000, consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 
for services as Member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit Com-
mittee. The 2004 fee of Mr. Karlsson amounted to a total of EUR 125 000, consisting of a fee of EUR 
100 000 for services as member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit 
Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Karlsson has received a total of 4 100 Nokia shares 
in 2005 and 4 029 Nokia shares in 2004.

5 

6 

7 

* 

The 2005 fee of Vesa Vainio amounts to a total of EUR 120 000 consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 for 
services as a member of the Board and EUR 10 000 for services as a member of the Audit Committee. 
As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Vainio has received a total of 3 644 Nokia shares.

The 2005 fee of Arne Wessberg amounts to a total of EUR 120 000 consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 
for services as a member of the Board and EUR 10 000 for services as a member of the Audit Commit-
tee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Wessberg has received a total of 3 644 Nokia shares.

The 2003 fee of Robert F.W. van Oordt amounted to a total of EUR 125 000, consisting of a fee of EUR 
100 000 for services as Member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit 
Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. van Oordt received a total of 3 360 Nokia shares.

In case a Board member’s gross annual fee does not include any additional annual fees, the number 
of shares received as part of gross annual fee for that year is presented in the “Shares received” 
column above.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Retirement benefi ts of certain Group Executive Board Members
Jorma Ollila and Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo can as part of their service contract retire at 
the age of 60 with full retirement benefi t, should they be employed by Nokia at the 
time. The full retirement benefi t is calculated as if the executive had continued his 
service with Nokia through the statutory retirement age of 65. Mr. Ollila’s service 
contract will terminate as of June 1, 2006. Following the current contract, he will not 
be eligible to receive any additional retirement benefi ts from Nokia after that date. 
Pekka Ala-Pietilä had an equal retirement arrangement during his employment at 
Nokia and he will not receive any additional retirement benefi ts from Nokia after 
termination of employment. 

Hallstein Moerk, following his arrangement with a previous employer, has a 

retirement benefi t of 65 % of his pensionable salary beginning at the age of 62. 
Early retirement is possible at the age of 55 with reductions in benefi ts.

Simon Beresford-Wylie participates in the Nokia International Employee 
Benefi t Plan (NIEBP). The NIEBP is a defi ned contribution retirement arrangement 
provided to some Nokia employees on international assignments. The contributions 
to NIEBP are funded two-thirds by Nokia and one-third by the employee. Because 
Mr. Beresford-Wylie also participates in the Finnish TEL system, the company contri-
bution to NIEBP is 1.3 % of annual earnings.

35.  Notes to cash flow statement

EURm 

Adjustments for:
  Depreciation and amortization (Note 11) 
(Profi t)/loss on sale of property plant 
  and equipment and available-for-sale 

investments 
Income taxes (Note 13) 
Share of results of associated companies 
(Note 34) 

  Minority interest 

Financial income and expenses (Note 12) 
Impairment charges (Note 9) 
Share-based compensation 

  Premium return 

Customer fi nancing impairment charges 

  and reversals 
  Other 
Adjustments, total 

Change in net working capital

(Increase) Decrease in short-term 
receivables 
Increase in inventories 
Increase in interest-free short-term 

  borrowings 
Change in net working capital 

Non-cash investing activities 
Acquisition of: 

Current available-for-sale investments
in settlement of customer loan 
Company acquisitions 

  Total 

2005 

2004 
As revised 

2003
As revised

712 

868 

1 138

– 131 
1 281 

– 10 
74 
– 322 
66 
104 
–  

–  
–  
1 774 

– 896 
– 301 

831 
– 366 

26 
1 446 

26 
67 
– 405 
129 
62 
– 160 

–  
–  
2 059 

372 
– 193 

62 
241 

–  
–  

–  

–  
–  

–  

170
1 697

18
54
– 352
453
41
– 

– 226
– 1
2 992

– 205
– 41

62
– 184

676
18

694

36.  Subsequent events (unaudited)

Changes in the Nokia Group Executive Board
On February 15, 2006 the Group announced that Pertti Korhonen, Chief Technology 
Offi cer and Executive Vice President, Technology Platforms, and a member of the 
Group Executive Board will resign from the Group Executive Board as of April 1, 
2006. He will also resign from Nokia. Niklas Savander has been appointed as Execu-
tive Vice President, Technology Platforms and a member of the Group Executive 
Board as of April 1, 2006.

Preliminary Agreement with SANYO
On February 14, 2006, the Group and SANYO Electric Co., Ltd announced a preliminary 
agreement with intent to form a new global company comprised of their respective 
CDMA mobile phone businesses – separate from the parent companies. The relevant 
assets from both companies will be contributed or made available for the new 
entity. Final agreements are expected to be signed in the second quarter of 2006, 
with the new business expected to commence operations in the third quarter 2006, 
provided that the due diligence has been completed and all necessary regulatory 
approvals obtained.

Acquisition of Intellisync
In February 2006, the Group acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common 
shares of Intellisync (NASDAQ: SYNC) for cash consideration of approximately 
EUR  368  million. Intellisync delivers wireless email and other applications over 
an array of devices and application platforms across carrier networks. The Group 
believes it is positioned to deliver the industry’s most complete offering for the de-
velopment, deployment and management of mobility in the enterprise and the ac-
quisition will enhance the Group’s ability to respond to customer needs in this fast 
growing market. Intellisync will be integrated into the Enterprise Solutions business 
upon acquisition and its results of operations from that date will be included in the 
Group’s consolidated fi nancial statements The purchase price allocation is being 
performed with the assistance of a third party.

Assets acquired are expected to be EUR 51 million and liabilities EUR 17 million 
with a majority of the excess recognised as goodwill. The principal items that are 
expected to generate goodwill are the value of the synergies between Intellisync 
and the Group and the acquired workforce, neither of which qualifi es as a separate 
amortizable intangible asset. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for 
tax purposes. The Group does not expect to write off any in-process R&D or dispose 
of any of the acquired operations.

For its recently completed fi scal year ended July 31, 2005 and quarter ended 
October 31, 2005, Intellisync reported revenues of USD 39 million (EUR 31 million) 
and USD 10 million (EUR 8 million), respectively, and net loss of USD 13 million (EUR 10 
million) and USD 8 million (EUR 7 million), respectively. At July 31, 2005 and October 
31, 2005, Intellisync’s total assets were USD 161 million (EUR 133 million) and USD 156 
million (EUR 130 million), respectively, and shareholders’ equity was USD 82 million 
(EUR 68 million) and USD 79 million (EUR 66 million), respectively.

Telsim settlement
As previously agreed with Telsim and the Turkish Savings and Deposit Insurance 
Fund (TMSF), which currently controls and manages Telsim’s assets, the Group will 
receive a settlement payment upon completion of the sale of Telsim’s assets for 
losses the Group incurred in 2001. The Group’s share of the announced purchase 
price expected to be received during the fi rst half of 2006 is 7.5 % of the purchase 
price, or USD 341 million (EUR 285 million) and is subject to negotiations.

34 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.  Principal Nokia Group companies 
at December 31, 2005

% 

US  
DE  
GB  
KR  
CN  
NL  
HU  
BR  
IN  

Nokia Inc. 
Nokia GmbH 
Nokia UK Limited 
Nokia TMC Limited 
Nokia Capitel Telecommunications Ltd 
Nokia Finance International B.V. 
Nokia Komárom Kft 
Nokia do Brazil Technologia Ltda 
Nokia India Ltd 

Associated companies
Symbian Limited 

Parent 

Group
holding  majority

– 
100.00 
– 
100.00 
4.50 
100.00 
100.00 
99.99 
100.00 

100.00
100.00 
100.00
100.00
61.90
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00

47.90 

47.90

A complete list of subsidiaries and associated companies is included in Nokia’s 
Statutory Accounts.

38.  Risk management

General risk management principles
Nokia’s overall risk management concept is based on visibility of the key risks 
preventing Nokia from reaching its business objectives. This covers all risk areas: 
strategic, operational, fi nancial and hazard risks. Risk management at Nokia is a 
systematic and pro-active way to analyze, review and manage all opportunities, 
threats and risks related to Nokia’s objectives rather than to solely eliminate risks.

The principles documented in Nokia’s Risk Policy and accepted by the Audit 

Committee of the Board of Directors require risk management and its elements to 
be integrated into business processes. One of the main principles is that the busi-
ness or function owner is also the risk owner, however, it is everyone’s responsibil-
ity at Nokia to identify risks preventing us from reaching our objectives.

Key risks are reported to the business and Group level management to create 

assurance on business risks and to enable prioritization of risk management imple-
mentation at Nokia. In addition to general principles there are specifi c risk manage-
ment policies covering, for example, treasury and customer fi nance risks.

Financial risks
The key fi nancial targets for Nokia are growth, profi tability, operational effi ciency 
and a strong balance sheet. The objective for the Treasury function is twofold: to 
guarantee cost-effi cient funding for the Group at all times, and to identify, evaluate 
and hedge fi nancial risks in close co-operation with the business groups. There is a 
strong focus in Nokia on creating shareholder value. The Treasury function supports 
this aim by minimizing the adverse effects caused by fl uctuations in the fi nancial 
markets on the profi tability of the underlying businesses and by managing the bal-
ance sheet structure of the Group.

Nokia has Treasury Centers in Geneva, Singapore/Beijing and New York/Sao 

Paolo, and a Corporate Treasury unit in Espoo. This international organization 
enables Nokia to provide the Group companies with fi nancial services according to 
local needs and requirements.

The Treasury function is governed by policies approved by top manage-
ment. Treasury Policy provides principles for overall fi nancial risk management 
and determines the allocation of responsibilities for fi nancial risk management in 
Nokia. Operating Policies cover specifi c areas such as foreign exchange risk, inter-
est rate risk, use of derivative fi nancial instruments, as well as liquidity and credit 
risk. Nokia is risk averse in its Treasury activities. Business Groups have detailed 
Standard Operating Procedures supplementing the Treasury Policy in fi nancial risk 
management related issues.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

a)  Market risk

Foreign exchange risk
Nokia operates globally and is thus exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from 
various currency combinations. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities 
together with expected cash fl ows from highly probable purchases and sales give 
rise to foreign exchange exposures. These transaction exposures are managed 
against various local currencies because of Nokia’s substantial production and sales 
outside the Eurozone.

Due to the changes in the business environment, currency combinations may 
also change within the fi nancial year. The most signifi cant non-euro sales curren-
cies during the year were US dollar (USD), Chinese yuan (CNY) and UK pound sterling 
(GBP). In general, depreciation of another currency relative to the euro has an 
adverse effect on Nokia’s sales and operating profi t, while appreciation of another 
currency has a positive effect, with the exception of Japanese yen (JPY), being the 
only signifi cant foreign currency in which Nokia has more purchases than sales.

The following chart shows the break-down by currency of the underlying net 

foreign exchange transaction exposure as of December 31, 2005 (in some of the 
currencies, especially the US dollar, Nokia has both substantial sales as well as cost, 
which have been netted in the chart).

Others 11 %
THB 2 %
AUD 3 %

GBP 10 %

JPY 26 %

USD 48 %

According to the foreign exchange policy guidelines of the Group, material 
transaction foreign exchange exposures are hedged. Exposures are mainly hedged 
with derivative fi nancial instruments such as forward foreign exchange contracts 
and foreign exchange options. The majority of fi nancial instruments hedging 
foreign exchange risk have a duration of less than a year. The Group does not hedge 
forecasted foreign currency cash fl ows beyond two years.

Nokia uses the Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) methodology to assess the foreign 

exchange risk related to the Treasury management of the Group exposures. The VaR 
fi gure represents the potential fair value losses for a portfolio resulting from ad-
verse changes in market factors using a specifi ed time period and confi dence level 
based on historical data. To correctly take into account the non-linear price function 
of certain derivative instruments, Nokia uses Monte Carlo simulation. Volatilities 
and correlations are calculated from a one-year set of daily data. The VaR fi gures as-
sume that the forecasted cash fl ows materialize as expected. The VaR fi gures for the 
Group transaction foreign exchange exposure, including hedging transactions and 
Treasury exposures for netting and risk management purposes, with a one-week 
horizon and 95% confi dence level, are shown in Table 1, below.

Table 1  Transaction foreign exchange position Value-at-Risk

VaR 

At December 31 
Average for the year 
Range for the year 

2005 
EURm 

2004
EURm

12.4 
10.2 
3.3 – 29.3 

12.7
14
1.6 – 26.9

Since Nokia has subsidiaries outside the Eurozone, the euro-denominated value of 
the shareholders’ equity of Nokia is also exposed to fl uctuations in exchange rates. 
Equity changes caused by movements in foreign exchange rates are shown as a 
translation difference in the Group consolidation. Nokia uses, from time to time, 
foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency denominated loans to hedge its 
equity exposure arising from foreign net investments.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk either through market value fl uctuations 
of balance sheet items (i.e. price risk) or through changes in interest income or 
expenses (i.e. re-investment risk). Interest rate risk mainly arises through interest-
bearing liabilities and assets. Estimated future changes in cash fl ows and balance 
sheet structure also expose the Group to interest rate risk.

Treasury is responsible for monitoring and managing the interest rate exposure 

of the Group. Due to the current balance sheet structure of Nokia, emphasis is 
placed on managing the interest rate risk of investments.

Nokia uses the VaR methodology to assess and measure the interest rate risk 
in the investment portfolio, which is benchmarked against a combination of three-
month and one-to-three-year investment horizon. The VaR fi gure represents the 
potential fair value losses for a portfolio resulting from adverse changes in market 
factors using a specifi ed time period and confi dence level based on historical data. 
For interest rate risk VaR, Nokia uses variance-covariance methodology. Volatilities 
and correlations are calculated from a one-year set of daily data. The VaR-based 
interest rate risk fi gures for an investment portfolio with a one-week horizon and 
95% confi dence level are shown in Table 2, below.

Table 2  Treasury investment portfolio Value-at-Risk

VaR 

At December 31 
Average for the year 
Range for the year 

2005 
EURm 

2004
EURm

6.9 
10.0 
6.9 – 15.3 

10.4
6.3
3.6 – 10.8

Equity price risk
Nokia has certain strategic minority investments in publicly traded companies. 
These investments are classifi ed as available-for-sale. The fair value of the equity 
investments at December 31, 2005 was EUR 8 million (EUR 7 million in 2004).

There are currently no outstanding derivative fi nancial instruments designated 

as hedges of these equity investments. The VaR fi gures for equity investments, 
shown in Table 3, below, have been calculated using the same principles as for 
interest rate risk.

Table 3  Equity investments Value-at-Risk

VaR 

At December 31 
Average for the year 
Range for the year 

2005 
EURm 

0.1 
0.2 
0.1 – 0.2 

2004
EURm

0.1
0.2
0.1 – 0.3

In addition to the listed equity holdings, Nokia invests in private equity through 
Nokia Venture Funds. The fair value of these available-for-sale equity investments at 
December 31, 2005 was USD 177 million (USD 142 million in 2004). Nokia is exposed to 
equity price risk on social security costs relating to stock compensation plans. Nokia 
hedges this risk by entering into cash settled equity swap and option contracts.

b)  Credit risk

Structured Finance Credit Risk
Network operators in some markets sometimes require their suppliers to arrange or 
provide term fi nancing in relation to infrastructure projects. Nokia has maintained 
a fi nancing policy aimed at close cooperation with banks, fi nancial institutions and 
Export Credit Agencies to support selected customers in their fi nancing of infra-
structure investments. Nokia actively mitigates, market conditions permitting, this 
exposure by arrangements with these institutions and investors.

Credit risks related to customer fi nancing are systematically analyzed, monito-
red and managed by Nokia’s Customer Finance organization, reporting to the Chief 
Financial Offi cer. Credit risks are approved and monitored by Nokia’s Credit Com-
mittee along principles defi ned in the Company’s credit policy and according to the 
credit approval process. The Credit Committee consists of the CFO, Group Controller, 
Head of Group Treasury and Head of Nokia Customer Finance.

At the end of December 31, 2005, our long-term loans to customers and other 
third parties totaled EUR 63 million (no outstanding loans in 2004), while there was 
nil fi nancial guarantees given on behalf of third parties (EUR 3 million in 2004). In 
addition, we had fi nancing commitments totaling EUR 13 million, which does not, 
however, increase total outstanding and committed credit risk from EUR 63 million, 
as it is available only provided that outstanding loan EUR 56 million is repaid. Total 
structured fi nancing (outstanding and committed) stood at EUR 63 million (EUR 59 
million in 2004).

The term structured fi nancing portfolio at December 31, 2005 was:

EURm 

Outstanding 

Financing
commitments 

Total Portfolio 

63 

13 

Total

63

The term structured fi nancing portfolio at December 31, 2005 mainly consists of 
outstanding and committed customer fi nancing to a network operator.

Financial credit risk
Financial instruments contain an element of risk of the counterparties being unable 
to meet their obligations. This risk is measured and monitored by the Treasury 
function. The Group minimizes fi nancial credit risk by limiting its counterparties 
to a suffi cient number of major banks and fi nancial institutions, as well as through 
entering into netting arrangements, which gives the Company the right to offset in 
the case that the counterparty would not be able to fulfi ll the obligations.

Direct credit risk represents the risk of loss resulting from counterparty default 

in relation to on-balance sheet products. The fi xed income and money market 
investment decisions are based on strict creditworthiness criteria. The outstanding 
investments are also constantly monitored by the Treasury. Nokia does not expect 
the counterparties to default given their high credit quality.

36 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Current available-for-sale investments 1, 2, 3

Maturity date 
less than 12 months 

Maturity date

  12 months or more 

Total

Fair 
value 

Unrealized  Unrealized 

losses 

gains 

Fair 
value 

Unrealized  Unrealized 

losses 

gains 

Fair 
value 

Unrealized  Unrealized

losses 

gains

30 

2 962 

60 

25 

3 077 

1 820 

3 927 

166 

– 

5 913 

– 

–3 

– 

– 

–3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1 

1 

– 

– 

2 

3 919 

803 

433 

112 

5 267 

3 999 

428 

302 

65 

4 794 

–32 

–5 

–1 

– 

–38 

–14 

–1 

– 

– 

–15 

2 

1 

2 

– 

5 

4 

2 

10 

– 

16 

3 949 

3 765 

459 

172 

8 345 

5 819 

4 355 

468 

65 

10 707 

–32 

–7 

–1 

– 

–41 

–14 

–1 

– 

– 

–15 

2

1

2

–

5

5

3

10

–

18

2005 

7 531 
814 
8 345 

2004

10 429
278
10 707

internally managed. Nokia’s Insurance & Risk Finance function’s objective is to 
ensure that Group’s hazard risks, whether related to physical assets (e.g. buildings) 
or intellectual assets (e.g. Nokia) or potential liabilities (e.g. product liability) are 
optimally insured.

Nokia purchases both annual insurance policies for specifi c risks as well as 

multi-line and/or multi-year insurance policies, where available.

2005, EURm

Governments 

Banks 

Corporates 

Asset backed securities 

2004, EURm

Governments 

Banks 

Corporates 

Asset backed securities 

EURm 

Fixed rate investments 
Floating rate investments 
Total 

1 

2 

3 

Available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value in 2005 and 2004.

Weighted average interest rate for current available-for-sale investments was 3.52 % in 2005 and 
3.63 % in 2004.

Notional amounts of derivative fi nancial instruments 1

Included within current Available-for-sale investments is EUR 10 million and EUR 11 million of 
restricted cash at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

EURm 

c)  Liquidity risk
Nokia guarantees a suffi cient liquidity at all times by effi cient cash management 
and by investing in liquid interest bearing securities. Due to the dynamic nature of 
the underlying business Treasury also aims at maintaining fl exibility in funding by 
keeping committed and uncommitted credit lines available. At the end of December 
31, 2005 the committed facility totaled USD 2.0 billion. The committed credit facility 
is intended to be used for U.S. and Euro Commercial Paper Programs back up pur-
poses. The commitment fee on the facility is 0.045 % per annum.

The most signifi cant existing funding programs include:

Revolving Credit Facility of USD 2 000 million, maturing in 2012

Local commercial paper program in Finland, totaling EUR 750 million

Euro Commercial Paper (ECP) program, totaling USD 500 million

US Commercial Paper (USCP) program, totaling USD 500 million

None of the above programs have been used to a signifi cant degree in 2005.

Nokia’s international creditworthiness facilitates the effi cient use of international 
capital and loan markets. The ratings of Nokia from credit rating agencies have not 
changed during the year. The ratings as at December 31, 2005 were:

Short-term 

Long-term 

Standard & Poor’s 
Moody’s 
Standard & Poor’s 
Moody’s 

A-1
P-1
A
A1

Foreign exchange forward contracts 2 
Currency options bought 2 
Currency options sold 2 
Interest rate swaps 
Cash settled equity options 3 
Credit default swaps 4 

2005 

2004

29 991 
284 
165 
50 
150 
– 

10 745
715
499
–
237
200

1 

2 

3 

4 

Includes the gross amount of all notional values for contracts that have not yet been settled or 
cancelled. The amount of notional value outstanding is not necessarily a measure or indication of 
market risk, as the exposure of certain contracts may be offset by that of other contracts.

As at December 31, 2005 notional amounts include contracts amounting to EUR 2.4 billion used 
to hedge the shareholders’ equity of foreign subsidiaries (December 31, 2004 EUR 1.6 billion).

Cash settled equity options can be used to hedge risk relating to incentive programs and 
investment activities.

Credit default swaps are used to selectively hedge counterparty risks involved in investment 
activities.

Fair values of derivatives
The net fair values of derivative fi nancial instruments at the balance sheet date were:

EURm 

2005 

2004

Derivatives with positive fair value 1 
Forward foreign exchange contracts 2 
Currency options bought 
Cash settled equity options 
Derivatives with negative fair value 1 
Forward foreign exchange contracts 2 
Currency options written 
Credit default swaps 

60 
1 
8 

– 97 
–  
–  

278
14
5

– 89
– 11
– 2

Hazard risk
Nokia strives to ensure that all fi nancial, reputation and other losses to the Group 
and our customers are minimized through preventive risk management mea-
sures or purchase of insurance. Insurance is purchased for risks, which cannot be 

1 

2 

Out of the forward foreign exchange contracts and currency options, fair value EUR – 27 million was
designated for hedges of net investment in foreign subsidiaries as at December 31, 2005 
(EUR 43 million at December 31, 2004) and reported within translation differences.

Out of the foreign exchange forward contracts, fair value EUR 163 million was designated for cash 
flow hedges as at December 31, 2005 (EUR 14 million at December 31, 2004) and reported in fair 
value and other reserves.

Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statement 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent company fi nancial statements
according to Finnish Accounting Standards

Profit and loss accounts, FAS

Balance sheets, FAS

Financial year ended Dec. 31 

Notes 

2005 
EURm 

2004
EURm

Financial year ended Dec. 31 

Notes 

2005 
EURm 

2004
EURm

Net sales 

Cost of sales 

Gross margin 

Selling and marketing expenses 

Research and development expenses 

Administrative expenses 

Other operating expenses 

Other operating income 

26 552 

22 888

A S S E T S

– 18 318 

– 15 162

Fixed assets and other non-current assets 

8 234 

7 726

– 1 228 

– 3 658 

– 680 

– 304 

154 

– 982

– 3 587

– 666

– 63

124

Intangible assets 

Capitalized development costs 

Intangible rights 

  Other long-term expenses 

Tangible assets 

Operating profit 

2, 3 

2 518 

2 552

Investments

Financial income and expenses

Income from long-term investments

  Dividend income from Group companies 

  Dividend income from other companies 

Interest income from Group companies 

Other interest and fi nancial income

Interest income from Group companies 

Interest income from other companies 

Other fi nancial income from other companies 

Exchange gains and losses 

Interest expenses and other fi nancial expenses 

Interest expenses to Group companies 

Interest expenses to other companies 

  Other fi nancial expenses 

Financial income and expenses, total 

723 

1 

3 

221 

4 

2 

– 241 

– 159 

– 5 

– 5 

544 

418

23

6

169

– 

21

117

– 65

– 2

– 10

677

Investments in subsidiaries 

Investments in associated companies 

Long-term loan receivables from Group companies   

Long-term loan receivables from other companies   

Other non-current assets 

7 

Current assets

Inventories and work in progress 

  Raw materials and supplies 

  Work in progress 

Finished goods 

  Prepaid inventories 

Receivables

4 

5 

6 

6 

260 

55 

4 

319 

–  

328

59

– 

387

– 

3 565 

3 597

7 

45 

63 

5 

5

140

38

7

3 685 

3 787

146 

223 

315 

–  

684 

102

84

284

2

472

1 588 

1 632 

633

1 523

Profit before extraordinary items and taxes 

3 062 

3 229

  Trade debtors from Group companies 

  Trade debtors from other companies 

Extraordinary items

  Group contributions 

Extraordinary items, total 

Profit before taxes 

Income taxes 

for the year 

from previous years 

Net profit 

See Notes to the financial statements of the parent company.

Short-term loan receivables from Group companies  

11 752 

12 704

– 16 

– 16 

12

12

Short-term loan receivables from other companies   

  Prepaid expenses and accrued income 

from Group companies 

3 046 

3 241

  Prepaid expenses and accrued income 

from other companies 

– 648 

24 

2 422 

– 826

19

2 434

Bank and cash 

13 

148 

946 

6

71

576

16 079 

15 513

32 

75

20 799 

20 234

38 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent company

Cash flow statements, FAS

Financial year ended Dec. 31 

Notes 

2005 
EURm 

2004
EURm

Financial year ended Dec. 31 

Notes 

2005 
EURm 

2004
EURm

S H A R E H O L D E R S ’   E Q U I T Y   A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S

Cash flow from operating activities

Shareholders’ equity 

Share capital 

Share issue premium 

Treasury shares 

Retained earnings 

Net profi t for the year 

Liabilities 

Short-term liabilities 

8 

8 

9 

8, 9 

Net profi t 

  Adjustments, total 

266 

2 246 

280

2 230

Net profi t before change in net working capital 

Change in net working capital 

– 3 614 

– 2 012

Cash generated from operations 

6 107 

2 422 

7 427 

7 729

2 434

10 661

Interest received 

Interest paid 

  Other fi nancial income and expenses 

Income taxes paid 

Cash fl ow before extraordinary items 

Extraordinary income and expenses 

13 

13 

2 422 

526 

2 948 

– 655 

2 293 

227 

– 163 

– 49 

– 858 

1 450 

12 

2 434

539

2 973

679

3 652

175

– 70

133

– 928

2 962

93

Current fi nance liabilities from Group companies 

9 515 

6 436

Current fi nance liabilities from other companies 

Advance payments from other companies 

Trade creditors to Group companies 

Trade creditors to other companies 

Accrued expenses and prepaid income to 
Group companies 

Accrued expenses and prepaid income 
to other companies 

–  

121 

918 

1 170 

2 

2

133

634

902

76

1 646 

13 372 

1 390

9 573

Net cash from operating activities 

1 462 

3 055

Cash flow from investing activities 

Investments in shares 

Additions to capitalized development costs 

Capital expenditures 

Proceeds from sale of shares 

Long-term loans made to customers 

Proceeds from repayment and sale 
of long term loans receivable 

Proceeds from other long-term receivables 

Payments of short-term receivables 

Dividends received 

– 8 

– 153 

– 29 

10 

– 56 

–  

98 

723 

714 

– 398

– 101

– 39

346

– 1

365

13

– 2 880

366

Net cash from (used in) investing activities 

1 299 

– 2 329

Cash flow from financing activities  

Proceeds from share issue 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Purchase of treasury shares 

Dividends paid 

Support to the Foundation of Nokia Corporation 

2 

2 927 

– 4 

– 4 266 

– 1 463 

–  

– 

3 333

– 23

– 2 660

– 1 399

– 5

Net cash used in financing activities 

– 2 804 

– 754

See Notes to the financial statements of the parent company.

See Notes to the financial statements of the parent company.

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

20 799 

20 234

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

– 43 

75 

32 

– 28

103

75

Parent company 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the fi nancial statements of the parent company

1.  Accounting principles
The Parent company Financial Statements are prepared according to Finnish 
Accounting Standards (FAS).

See Note 1 to Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements.

2.  Personnel expenses

EURm 

Wages and salaries 
Pension expenses 
Other social expenses 
Personnel expenses as per profi t and loss account 

Management remuneration

2005 

1 288 
179 
82 
1 549 

2004

1 172
162
80
1 414

CEO and Chairman, and President
The following table depicts the base salary and cash incentive payments informa-
tion awarded to the Chief Executive Offi cer and Chairman, and the President of 
Nokia Corporation for fi scal years 2003 – 2005 as well as the share-based compensa-
tion expense relating to equity-based awards, expensed by the Group.

2005 

2004 

2003

EUR 

Jorma Ollila
CEO and Chairman  

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo
President since October 1, 2005  

Pekka Ala-Pietilä
President until October 1, 2005 1  

Base 
salary 

Cash 

Share-based 
incentive  compensation 
payments 

expense 

Base 
salary 

Cash 

Share-based 
incentive compensation 
payments 

expense 

Base 
salary 

Cash 

Share-based 
incentive  compensation
payments 

expense

1 500 000 

3 212 037 

3 389 994 

1 475 238 

1 936 221 

2 109 863 

1 400 000 

2 253 192 

1 028 775

623 524 

947 742 

666 313 

584 000 

454 150 

394 979 

575 083 

505 724 

154 316

717 000 

946 332 

745 733 

717 000 

479 509 

493 556 

711 279 

520 143 

218 615

1 

Pekka Ala-Pietilä served as the President of the Group and member of the Group Executive Board 
until he resigned from these positions effective October 1, 2005. As of this date Mr. Ala-Pietilä held 
the role of Executive Advisor until January 31, 2006, when he ceased employment with the Group. 
For 2006, based on these advisory services, Mr. Ala-Pietilä received a total payment of EUR 101 717. 
Based on the service contract, Pekka Ala-Pietilä is entitled to receive a payment of EUR 956 000 in 
2006 for his commitments during 2006.

Total remuneration of the Group Executive Board awarded for the fi scal years ended 
2003 – 2005 was EUR 14 684 602 in 2005 (EUR 13 594 942 in 2004 and EUR 10 859  644 in 
2003), which consisted of base salaries and cash incentive payments. Total share-
based compensation expense relating to equity-based awards, expensed by the 
Group was EUR 8 295 227 in 2005 (EUR 4 763 545 in 2004 and EUR 1 776 736 in 2003).

Board of Directors
The following table depicts the annual remuneration structure paid to the members 
of our Board of Directors, as resolved by the Annual General Meetings in the respec-
tive years. Since the fi scal year 1999, approximately 60% of each Board member’s 
annual fee has been paid in cash with the balance in Nokia Corporation shares 
acquired from the market.

Chairman 

Vice Chairman 

Other members

Gross 

Shares 

Gross 

Shares 

Gross 

Shares

annual fee  received 1 

annual fee  received 1 

annual fee  received 1

EUR 

EUR 

EUR 

EUR 

EUR 

EUR 

Additional annual fees

150 000 

4 032 

125 000 

3 360 

100 000 

2 688 

Year 

2003 

2004 

150 000 

4 834 

125 000 

4 028 

100 000 

3 223 

2005 

165 000 

5 011 

137 500 

4 175 

110 000 

3 340 

1 

As part of the gross annual fee for that year.

40 

Nokia in 2005

Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and Personnel Committee, each EUR 25 000

Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and Personnel Committee, each EUR 25 000

Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and Personnel Committee, each EUR 25 000;
Each other member of the Audit Committee, EUR 10 000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements of the parent company

The following table depicts the total annual remuneration paid to the members of 
our Board of Directors, as resolved by the Annual General Meetings in the respective 
years.

Gross annual fee *

Simon Beresford-Wylie participates in the Nokia International Employee 
Benefi t Plan (NIEBP). The NIEBP is a defi ned contribution retirement arrangement 
provided to some Nokia employees on international assignments. The contributions 
to NIEBP are funded two-thirds by Nokia and one-third by the employee. Because 
Mr. Beresford-Wylie also participates in the Finnish TEL system, the company contri-
bution to NIEBP is 1.3 % of annual earnings.

2005 
EUR 

2004 
EUR 

2003
EUR

Personnel average 

165 000 

150 000 

150 000

Production 

Marketing 

R&D 

Administration 

150 000 2 

150 000 2

100 000 

100 000

Personnel, December 31 

162 500 2 

120 000 3 

110 000 

110 000 

135 000 4 

110 000 

110 000 

120 000 5 

120 000 6 

–  

– 

100 000 

125 000 4 

–  

100 000 

100 000 

100 000 

100 000

125 000

– 

100 000

100 000

100 000

Board of Directors

Jorma Ollila 
Chairman and CEO 1 

Paul Collins 
Vice Chairman 

Georg Ehrnrooth 

Daniel R. Hesse 

Dr. Bengt Holmström 

Per Karlsson 

Edouard Michelin 

Dame Marjorie Scardino 

Vesa Vainio 

Arne Wessberg 

Former Board Member:
Robert F.W. van Oordt 

– 

–  

125 000 7

In addition to the fee as the Chairman of the Board, Jorma Ollila receives compensation for his 
services as the CEO of Nokia Corporation. This annual cash compensation is presented in the table 
“CEO and Chairman, and President” above.

The 2005 fee of Paul Collins amounts to a total of EUR 162 500, consisting of a fee of EUR 137 500 
for services as Vice Chairman of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Personnel 
Committee. Each 2004 and 2003 fees of Mr. Collins amounted to a total of EUR 150 000, consisting of 
a fee of EUR 125 000 for services as Vice Chairman of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chair-
man of the Personnel Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Collins has received a total 
of 4 935 Nokia shares in 2005, 4 834 Nokia shares in 2004 and 4 032 Nokia shares in 2003.

The 2005 fee of Georg Ehrnrooth amounts to a total of EUR 120 000 consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 
for services as a member of the Board and EUR 10 000 for services as a member of the Audit Commit-
tee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Ehrnrooth has received a total of 3 644 Nokia shares.

The 2005 fee of Per Karlsson amounts to a total of EUR 135 000, consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 
for services as Member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit Com-
mittee. The 2004 fee of Mr. Karlsson amounted to a total of EUR 125 000, consisting of a fee of EUR 
100 000 for services as member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit 
Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Karlsson has received a total of 4 100 Nokia shares 
in 2005 and 4 029 Nokia shares in 2004.

The 2005 fee of Vesa Vainio amounts to a total of EUR 120 000 consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 for 
services as a member of the Board and EUR 10 000 for services as a member of the Audit Committee. 
As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Vainio has received a total of 3 644 Nokia shares.

The 2005 fee of Arne Wessberg amounts to a total of EUR 120 000 consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 
for services as a member of the Board and EUR 10 000 for services as a member of the Audit Commit-
tee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Wessberg has received a total of 3 644 Nokia shares.

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

* 

3.  Depreciation and amortization

EURm 

2005 

2004

Depreciation and amortization by asset class category

Intangible assets 

Capitalized development costs 

Intangible rights 

Tangible assets 

Total 

Depreciation and amortization by function

R&D 

Production 

Selling, marketing and administration 

Total 

221 

28 

– 

249 

232 

1 

16 

249 

290

31

–

321

298

–

23

321

4.  Intangible assets

EURm 

2005 

2004

Capitalized development costs

Acquisition cost January 1 

Additions 

Disposals 

Accumulated amortization December 31 

Net carrying amount December 31 

The 2003 fee of Robert F.W. van Oordt amounted to a total of EUR 125 000, consisting of a fee of 
EUR 100 000 for services as Member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit 
Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. van Oordt received a total of 3 360 Nokia shares.

Intangible rights 

Acquisition cost January 1 

In case a Board member’s gross annual fee does not include any additional annual fees, the number 
of shares received as part of gross annual fee for that year is presented in the “Shares received” 
column on the table on page 40.

Additions 

Disposals 

Retirement benefi ts of certain Group Executive Board Members
Jorma Ollila and Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo can as part of their service contract retire at the 
age of 60 with full retirement benefi t, should they be employed by Nokia at the time. 
The full retirement benefi t is calculated as if the executive had continued his service 
with Nokia through the statutory retirement age of 65. Mr. Ollila’s service contract 
will terminate as of June 1, 2006. Following the current contract, he will not be eli-
gible to receive any additional retirement benefi ts from Nokia after that date. Pekka 
Ala-Pietilä had an equal retirement arrangement during his employment at Nokia 
and he will not receive any additional retirement benefi ts from Nokia after termina-
tion of employment. Hallstein Moerk, following his arrangement with a previous 
employer, has a retirement benefi t of 65 % of his pensionable salary beginning at the 
age of 62. Early retirement is possible at the age of 55 with reductions in benefi ts.

Accumulated amortization December 31 

Net carrying amount December 31 

Other intangible assets

Acquisition cost January 1 

Additions 

Accumulated amortization December 31 

Net carrying amount December 31 

2005 

5 984 

1 326 

13 149 

3 152 

23 611 

23 509 

2004

5 029

1 609

12 861

3 292

22 791

22 990

1 394 

153 

– 30 

1 416

101

– 123

– 1 257 

– 1 066

260 

328

290 

25 

– 4 

– 256 

55 

3 

4 

– 3 

4 

256

40

– 4

– 233

59

3

– 

– 3

– 

Notes to the fi nancial statements of the parent company 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements of the parent company

5.  Tangible assets
At the end of 2005 and 2004 the parent company had no tangible assets. These 
assets were leased from Nokia Asset Management Oy, a company wholly owned by 
Nokia Corporation.

2005 

2004

3 597 

65 

– 97 

3 565 

5 

2 

–  

7 

3 540

68

– 11

3 597

4

1

– 

5

2005 

2004

7 

4 

– 6 

5 

–  

5 

17

334

– 344

7

– 

7

6.  Investments

EURm 

Investments in subsidiaries 

Acquisition cost January 1 

Additions 

Disposals 

Net carrying amount December 31 

Investments in associated companies 

Acquisition cost January 1 

Additions 

Disposals 

Net carrying amount December 31 

7.  Other non-current assets

EURm 

Investments in other shares 

Acquisition cost January 1 

Additions 

Disposals 

Net carrying amount December 31 

Other investments 

8.  Shareholders’ equity

Parent Company, EURm 

Balance at December 31, 2002 

Share issue 

  Acquisitions of treasury shares 

  Dividend 

  Net profi t 

Balance at December 31, 2003 

Share issue 

Cancellation of treasury shares 

  Acquisitions of treasury shares 

  Dividend 

Support to the Foundation of Nokia Corporation 

  Net profi t 

Balance at December 31, 2004 

Share issue 

Cancellation of treasury shares 

  Acquisitions of treasury shares 

  Dividend 

  Adoption of IAS 39(R) 

  Net profi t 

Balance at December 31, 2005 

42 

Nokia in 2005

Share 
capital 

287 

1 

Share
issue 
premium 

2 182 

40 

Treasury 
shares 

Retained
earnings 

Total

–  

9 401 

11 870

– 1 351 

288 

2 222 

– 1 351 

– 8 

8 

1 999 

– 2 660 

280 

2 230 

– 2 012 

– 14 

2 

14 

2 664 

– 4 266 

266 

2 246 

– 3 614 

– 1 339 

3 070 

11 132 

– 1 999 

– 1 399 

– 5 

2 434 

10 163 

– 2 664 

– 1 463 

71 

2 422 

8 529 

41

– 1 351

– 1 339 

3 070

12 291

– 

– 

– 2 660

– 1 399

– 5

2 434

10 661

2

– 

– 4 266

– 1 463

71

2 422

7 427

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements of the parent company

9.  Distributable earnings

EURm 

Retained earnings from previous years 

Net profi t for the year 

Retained earnings, total 

Treasury shares 

Distributable earnings, December 31 

14.  Principal Nokia Group companies 

on December 31, 2005

See Note 37 to Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements.

15.  Nokia Shares and Shareholders
See Nokia Shares and Shareholders pages 44 – 47.

2005 

6 107 

2 422 

8 529 

– 3 614 

4 915 

2004

7 729

2 434

10 163

– 2 012

8 151

10.  Commitments and contingencies

EURm 

2005 

2004

Contingent liabilities on behalf of Group companies 

Guarantees for loans 

Leasing guarantees 

Other guarantees 

Contingent liabilities on behalf of other companies 

Guarantees for loans 

Other guarantees 

125 

357 

274 

–  

1 

173

246

244

3

1

11.  Leasing contracts
At December 31, 2005 the leasing contracts of the Parent Company amounted to 
EUR 464 million (EUR 491 million in 2004), of which EUR 425 million in 2005 relate to 
Group internal agreements. EUR 445 million will expire in 2006 (EUR 473 million in 
2005).

12.  Related party transactions
Nokia Pension Foundation is a separate legal entity that manages and holds in trust 
the assets of the Company’s Finnish employees benefi t plans; these assets include 
0.009 % of Nokia shares.

There were no loans granted to the members of the Group Executive Board and 

Board of Directors at December 31, 2005.

13.  Notes to cash flow statements

EURm 

Adjustments for: 

  Depreciation 

Income taxes 

Financial income and expenses 

Impairment of fi xed assets 

Impairment of non-current 
  available-for-sale investments 

  Other operating income and expenses 

Adjustments, total 

Change in net working capital

Short-term trade receivables, 
increase (–), decrease (+) 

Inventories, increase (–), decrease (+) 

Interest-free short-term liabilities, 
increase (+), decrease (–) 

Change in net working capital 

2005 

2004

250 

624 

– 544 

–  

– 5 

201 

526 

– 1 471 

– 212 

1 028 

– 655 

321

807

– 677

102

– 

– 14

539

682

– 67

64

679

Notes to the fi nancial statements of the parent company 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nokia shares and shareholders

Shares and share capital
Nokia has one class of shares. Each Nokia share entitles the holder to one (1) vote at 
General Meetings of Nokia. The par value of the share is EUR 0.06.

The minimum share capital stipulated in the Articles of Association is EUR 170 

million and the maximum share capital EUR 680 million. The share capital may be in-
creased or reduced within these limits without amending the Articles of Association.

On December 31, 2005, the share capital of Nokia Corporation was 

EUR 266 033 192.40 and the total number of shares was 4 433 886 540.

On December 31, 2005, the total number of shares included 261 511 283 shares 

owned by the Group companies with an aggregate par value of EUR 15 690 676.98 
representing approximately 5.9 % of the share capital and the total voting rights.

Share capital and shares Dec. 31, 2005 

Share capital, EURm 

Shares (1 000, par value EUR 0.06) 

Shares owned by the Group (1 000) 

2005 

266 

2004 

280 

2003 

288 

2002 

287 

2001

284

4 433 887 

4 663 761 

4 796 292 

4 787 907 

4 737 530

261 511 

176 820 

96 024 

1 145 

1 228

Number of shares excluding shares owned by the Group (1 000) 

4 172 376 

4 486 941 

4 700 268 

4 786 762 

4 736 302

Average number of shares excluding shares 
owned by the Group during the year (1 000), basic 

Average number of shares excluding shares 
owned by the Group during the year (1 000), diluted 

Number of registered shareholders 1 

1 

Each account operator is included in the figure as only one registered shareholder.

Key ratios December 31, 2005, IFRS 1 (calculation see page 50) 

Earnings per share (for profit attributable to the equity holders of the parent), EUR 

Earnings per share, basic 

Earnings per share, diluted 

P/E Ratio 

(Nominal) dividend per share, EUR 
Total dividends paid, EURm 2 

Payout ratio 

Dividend yield, % 

Shareholders’ equity per share, EUR 
Market capitalization, EURm 3 

Board’s proposal.

2004 and 2003 financial accounts now reflect the retrospective implementation of IFRS 2 and 
IAS 39(R). 2002 and 2001 data has not been adjusted from that reported in prior years, and there-
fore is not always comparable with data for the years 2003 to 2005.

Calculated for all the shares of the company as of the applicable year-end.

Shares owned by the Group companies are not included.

* 

1 

2 

3 

4 365 547 

4 593 196 

4 761 121 

4 751 110 

4 702 852

4 371 239 

4 600 337 

4 761 160 

4 788 042 

4 787 219

126 352 

142 095 

133 991 

129 508 

116 352

2005 

2004 
As revised 

2003
As revised 

2002 

2001

0.83 

0.83 

18.61 

0 37 * 

1 641 * 

0 45 * 

2.4 

2.91 

0.69 

0.69 

16.84 

0.33 

1 539 

0.48 

2.8 

3.17 

0.74 

0.74 

18.53 

0.30 

1 439 

0.41 

2.2 

3.22 

0.71 

0.71 

21.34 

0.28 

1 341 

0.39 

1.8 

2.98 

0.47

0.46

61.60

0.27

1 279

0.57

0.9

2.58

64 463 

52 138 

65 757 

72 537 

137 163

Splits of the par value of the Nokia share 

Par value before 

Split ratio 

Par value after 

Effective date

1986 

1995 

1998 

1999 

2000 

FIM 100 (EUR 16.82) 

FIM 20 (EUR 3.36) 

FIM 5 (EUR 0.84) 

FIM 2 5 (EUR 0.42) 

EUR 0.24 

5:1 

4:1 

2:1 

2:1 

4:1 

FIM 20 (EUR 3.36) 

December 31, 1986

FIM 5 (EUR 0.84) 

FIM 2 5 (EUR 0.42) 
EUR 0.24 1 

EUR 0.06 

April 24, 1995

April 16, 1998

April 12, 1999

April 10, 2000

1 

At the same time with a bonus issue of EUR 0.03 per each share of a par value of EUR 0.24.

44 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nokia shares and shareholders

Authorizations
Authorization to increase the share capital
The Board of Directors had been authorized by Nokia 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on 
March 25, 2004 to decide on an increase of the share 
capital by a maximum of EUR 55 500 000 offering a 
maximum of 925 000 000 new shares. In 2005, the 
Board of Directors did not increase the share capital 
on the basis of this authorization. The authorization 
expired on March 25, 2005.

At the Annual General Meeting held on April 7, 

2005 Nokia shareholders authorized the Board of 
Directors to decide on an increase of the share capital 
by a maximum of EUR 53 160 000 within one year from 
the resolution of the Annual General Meeting. The in-
crease of the share capital may consist of one or more 
issues offering a maximum of 886 000 000 new shares 
with a par value of EUR 0.06 each. The share capital 
may be increased in deviation from the shareholders’ 
pre-emptive rights for share subscription provided 
that from the company’s perspective important fi nan-
cial grounds exist such as fi nancing or carrying out of 
an acquisition or another arrangement or granting 
incentives to selected members of the personnel. In 
2005, the Board of Directors did not increase the share 
capital on the basis of this authorization. The authori-
zation is effective until April 7, 2006.

At the end of 2005, the Board of Directors had 

no other authorizations to issue shares, convertible 
bonds, warrants or stock options.

The Board of Directors will propose to the Annual 
General Meeting convening on March 30, 2006 that the 
Board of Directors be authorized to resolve to increase 

the share capital of the company by issuing new 
shares, stock options or convertible bonds in one or 
more issues. The increase of the share capital through 
issuance of new shares, subscription of shares pursu-
ant to stock options and conversion of convertible 
bonds into shares, may amount to a maximum of 
EUR 48 540 000 in total. As a result of share issuance, 
subscription of shares pursuant to stock options and 
conversion of convertible bonds into shares an aggre-
gate maximum of 809  000  000 new shares with a par 
value of EUR 0.06 may be issued. The authorization is 
proposed to be effective until March 30, 2007, or in the 
event that the new Companies Act has been approved 
by the time of the Annual General Meeting, and enters 
into force latest on March 30, 2007, this authorization 
is proposed to be effective until June 30, 2007.

Other authorizations
At the Annual General Meeting held on March 25, 2004, 
Nokia shareholders authorized the Board of Directors 
to repurchase a maximum of 230 million Nokia shares. 
In 2005 Nokia repurchased 54 million Nokia shares on 
the basis of this authorization.

At the Annual General Meeting held on April 7, 
2005, Nokia shareholders authorized the Board of 
Directors to repurchase a maximum of 443 200 000 
Nokia shares, representing less than 10 % of the share 
capital and the total voting rights, and to resolve 
on the disposal of a maximum of 443 200 000 Nokia 
shares. In 2005, a total of 261 010 000 Nokia shares 
were repurchased under this buy-back authorization, 
as a result of which the unused authorization amount-
ed to 182 190 000 shares on December 31, 2005. 

No shares were disposed of in 2005 under the respec-
tive authorization. The shares may be repurchased 
under the buy-back authorization in order to carry 
out the company’s stock repurchase plan. In addition, 
the shares may be repurchased in order to develop 
the capital structure of the company, to fi nance or 
carry out acquisitions or other arrangements, to settle 
the company’s equity-based incentive plans, to be 
transferred for other purposes, or to be cancelled. The 
authorization to dispose of the shares may be carried 
out pursuant to terms determined by the Board in 
connection with acquisitions or in other arrange-
ments or for incentive purposes to selected members 
of the personnel. The Board may resolve to dispose 
the shares in another proportion than that of the 
shareholders’ pre-emptive rights to the company’s 
shares, provided that from the company’s perspective 
important fi nancial grounds exist for such disposal. 
These authorizations are effective until April 7, 2006.

The Board of Directors will propose to the Annual 

General Meeting convening on March 30, 2006 that 
the Board of Directors be authorized to repurchase 
a maximum of 405 million Nokia shares by using 
unrestricted shareholders’ equity. Further, the Board 
of Directors will propose that the Annual General 
Meeting authorize the Board of Directors to resolve 
to dispose a maximum of 405 million Nokia shares. 
These authorizations are proposed to be effective 
until March 30, 2007, or in the event that the new 
Companies Act has been approved by the time of the 
Annual General Meeting, and enters into force latest 
on March 30, 2007, these authorizations are proposed 
to be effective until June 30, 2007.

Share and bonus issues 2001 – 2005

Year 

2001 

Type of Issue 

Nokia Stock Option Plan 1995 
Nokia Stock Option Plan 1997 
Nokia Stock Option Plan 1999 
Share issue to stockholders of Amber Networks, Inc. 

Total 

2002  

Nokia Stock Option Plan 1997 

Nokia Stock Option Plan 1999 

Total 

2003  

Nokia Stock Option Plan 1997 

Share issue to stockholders of Eizel Technologies Inc. 

Total 

2004  

Nokia Stock Option Plan 1999 

Total 

2005  

Nokia Stock Option Plan 2003 2Q 
Nokia Stock Option Plan 2003 3Q 

Nokia Stock Option Plan 2004 2Q 

Nokia Stock Option Plan 2004 3Q 

Total 

Subscription
price or amount 
of bonus issue 
EUR 

Number of 
new shares 
(1 000) 

Date of 
payment 

Net 
proceeds 
EURm 

New share
capital
EURm

1.77 
3.23 
16.89 
20.77 

3.23 

16.89 

3.23 

14.76 

16.89 

14.95 
12.71 

11.79 

9.44 

1 682 
20 993 
382 
18 329 

41 386 

50 357 

20 

50 377 

7 160 

1 225 

8 385 

5 

5 

61 
6 

55 

3 

125 

2001 
2001 
2001 
2001 

2002 

2002 

2003 

2003 

2004 

2005 
2005 

2005 

2005 

2.97 
67.81 
6.46 
380.72 

457.96 

162.50 

0.33 

162.83 

23.11 

18.08 

41.19 

0.09 

0.09 

0.91 
0.08 

0.65 

0.02 

1.66 

0.10
1.26
0.02
1.10

2.48

3.02

0.00

3.02

0.43

0.07

0.50

0.00

0.00

0.00
0.00

0.00

0.00

0.01

Nokia shares and shareholders 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nokia shares and shareholders

Reductions of share capital

Type of reduction 

Cancellation of shares 

Cancellation of shares 

Cancellation of shares 

Share turnover (all stock exchanges)

Number of shares 
(1 000 par value 
EUR 0.06) 

Amount of 
reduction of the 
share capital 
EURm 

Amount of 
reduction of the 
restricted capital 
EURm 

Amount of
reduction of the
retained earnings
EURm

69 

132 536 

230 000 

0.004 

7.95 

13.80 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

Year 

2001 

2004 

2005 

Share turnover (1 000) 

Total number of shares (1 000) 

% of total number of shares 

2005 

12 977 232 

4 433 887 

293 

2004 

2003 

14 091 430 

4 663 761 

302 

11 788 172 

4 796 282 

246 

2002 

12 926 683 

4 787 907 

270 

2001

11 457 748

4 737 530

242

Share prices, EUR (Helsinki Stock Exchange)

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001

Low/high 
Average 1 

Year-end 

10.75/15.75 

8.97/18.79 

11.44/16.16 

11.10/29.45 

14.35/46.50

13.20 

15.45 

12.84 

11.62 

14.12 

13.71 

18.13 

15.15 

24.57

28.96

1 

Calculated by weighting average price with daily volumes.

Share prices, USD (New York Stock Exchange)

ADS 

Low/high 
Average 1 

Year-end 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001

13.92/18.62 

11.03/23.22 

12.67/18.45 

10.76/26.90 

12.95/44.69

16.39 

18.30 

15.96 

15.67 

15.99 

17.00 

16.88 

15.50 

24.84

24.53

1 

Calculated by weighting average price with daily volumes.

Shareholders, December 31, 2005
Shareholders registered in Finland represent 14.62 % and shareholders registered 
in the name of a nominee represent 85.38 % of the total number of shares of Nokia 
Corporation. The number of registered shareholders was 126 352 on December 31, 
2005. Each account operator (23) is included in this fi gure as only one registered 
shareholder.

Largest shareholders registered in Finland, December 31, 2005

(excluding nominee registered shares 
and shares owned by Nokia Corporation 1) 

Svenska Litteratursällskapet i Finland rf 

Sigrid Jusélius Foundation 

Ilmarinen Mutual Pension Insurance Company 

BNP Arbitrage 

Varma Mutual Pension Insurance Company 

The State Pension Fund 

The Finnish Cultural Foundation 

The Social Insurance Institution of Finland 

The Finnish National Fund for Research and Development (Sitra) 

Samfundet Folkhälsan i Svenska Finland rf 

1 

2 

Nokia Corporation owned 261 010 000 shares as of December 31, 2005.

261 511 283 shares owned by the Group companies as of December 31, 2005 do not carry voting rights.

46 

Nokia in 2005

Nominee registered shareholders include holders of American Depositary Re-
ceipts (ADR) and Svenska Depåbevis (SDB). As of December 31, 2005 ADRs represented 
28.55 % and SDBs 2.80 % of the total number of shares in Nokia.

 Total number
of shares (1 000) 

% of all the shares 

% of voting rights 2

20 611 

15 300 

14 347 

9 205 

7 400 

6 000 

5 049 

4 289 

3 885 

3 708 

0.46 

0.35 

0.32 

0.21 

0.17 

0.14 

0.11 

0.10 

0.09 

0.08 

0.49

0.37

0.34

0.22

0.18

0.14

0.12

0.10

0.09

0.09

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
Nokia shares and shareholders

Total number 
of shares 

2 633 231 

23 369 330 

65 126 019 

97 974 123 

55 476 904 

23 971 760 

61 302 725 

4 104 032 448 

4 433 886 540 

% of share capital

0.06

0.53

1.47

2.21

1.25

0.54

1.38

92.56

100.00

Breakdown of share ownership, Dec. 31, 2005 1 

By number of shares owned 

Number of 
shareholders 

% of shareholders 

1 – 100 

101 – 1 000 

1 001 – 10 000 

10 001 – 100 000 

100 001 – 500 000 

500 001 – 1 000 000 

1 000 001 – 5 000 000 

Over 5 000 000 

Total 

By nationality, % 

Non-Finnish shareholders 
Finnish shareholders 
Total 

43 207 

58 260 

20 747 

3 782 

278 

35 

29 

14 

126 352 

34.20 

46.11 

16.42 

2.99 

0.22 

0.03 

0.02 

0.01 

100.00 

Shares

85.38
14.62
100.00

By shareholder category (Finnish shareholders), % 

Shares

Corporations 
Households 
Financial and insurance institutions 
Non-profi t organizations 
General government 
Total 

6.43
4.15
0.74
2.10
1.20
14.62

1 

Please note that the breakdown covers only shareholders registered in Finland, and each account 
operator (23) is included in the number of shareholders as only one registered shareholder. Due to 
this, the breakdown is not illustrative to the entire shareholder base of Nokia.

Shares and stock options owned by the members 
of the Board of Directors and the Group Executive Board
Members of the Board of Directors and the Group Executive Board owned on Decem-
ber 31, 2005 an aggregate of 632 733 shares representing approximately 0.02 % of 
the aggregate number of shares and voting rights. They also owned stock options, 
which, if exercised in full, would be exercisable for 6 626 157 shares representing 
approximately 0.16 % of the total number of shares and voting rights on Decem-
ber 31, 2005.

Nokia shares and shareholders 

47

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
Nokia Group 2001 – 2005, IFRS

Profit and loss account, EURm

Net sales 

Cost and expenses 

Operating profi t 

Share of results of associated companies 

Financial income and expenses 

Profi t before tax 

  Tax 

Profi t before minority interests 

  Minority interests 

2005 

34 191 

– 29 552 

4 639 

10 

322 

4 971 

– 1 281 

3 690 

– 74 

Profi t attributable to equity holders of the parent 

3 616 

Balance sheet items, EURm 

Fixed assets and other non-current assets 

Current assets 

Inventories 

  Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses 

  Available-for-sale investments 

  Total cash and other liquid assets 

Total equity 

Capital and reserves attributable 
to equity holders of the parent 

  Minority interests 

Long-term liabilities 

Long-term interest-bearing liabilities 

  Deferred tax liabilities 

  Other long-term liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Short-term borrowings 

Current portion of long-term loans 

  Accounts payable 

  Accrued expenses 

Provisions 

Total assets 

3 347 

18 951 

1 668 

7 373 

–  

9 910 

12 360 

12 155 

205 

268 

21 

151 

96 

9 670 

377 

–  

3 494 

3 320 

2 479 

22 298 

2004 
As revised* 

2003 
As revised* 

2002** 

2001**

29 371 

– 25 045 

4 326 

– 26 

405 

4 705 

– 1 446 

3 259 

– 67 

3 192 

3 161 

19 508 

1 305 

6 406 

255 

11 542 

14 399 

14 231 

168 

294 

19 

179 

96 

7 976 

215 

–  

2 669 

2 604 

2 488 

22 669 

29 533 

– 24 573 

4 960 

– 18 

352 

5 294 

– 1 697 

3 597 

 -54 

3 543 

3 837 

20 083 

1 169 

6 802 

816 

11 296 

15 312 

15 148 

164 

328 

20 

241 

67 

8 280 

387 

84 

2 919 

2 468 

2 422 

23 920 

30 016 

– 25 236 

4 780 

– 19 

156 

4 917 

– 1 484 

3 433 

– 52 

3 381 

5 742 

17 585 

1 277 

6 957 

–  

9 351 

14 454 

14 281 

173 

461 

187 

207 

67 

8 412 

377 

–  

2 954 

2 611 

2 470 

23 327 

31 191

– 27 829

3 362

– 12

125

3 475

– 1 192

2 283

– 83

2 200

6 912

15 515

1 788

7 602

– 

6 125

12 401

12 205

196

460

207

177

76

9 566

831

– 

3 074

3 477

2 184

22 427

* 

** 

2004 and 2003 financial statements now reflect the retrospective implementation of IFRS 2 
and IAS 39(R).

2002 and 2001 data has not been adjusted from that reported in prior years, and therefore is not 
always comparable with data for years 2003 to 2005.

48 

Nokia in 2005

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key ratios and economic indicators * 

Net sales, EURm 

Change, % 

Exports and foreign subsidiaries, EURm 

Salaries and social expenses, EURm 1 

Operating profi t, EURm 

  % of net sales 

Financial income and expenses, EURm 

  % of net sales 

Profi t before tax, EURm 

  % of net sales 

Profi t from continuing operations, EURm 

  % of net sales 

Taxes, EURm 

Dividends, EURm 

Capital expenditure, EURm 

  % of net sales 

Gross investments***, EURm 

  % of net sales 

R&D expenditure, EURm 

  % of net sales 

Average personnel 

Non-interest bearing liabilities, EURm 

Interest-bearing liabilities, EURm 

Return on capital employed, % 

Return on equity, % 

Equity ratio, % 

Net debt to equity, % 

2005 

34 191 

16.4 

33 860 

3 877 

4 639 

13.6 

322 

0.9 

4 971 

14.5 

3 616 

10.6 

1 281 

1 641 ** 

607 

1.8 

870 

3.1 

3 825 

11.2 

56 896 

9 389 

398 

36.7 

27.4 

56.1 

– 77 

Nokia Group 2001 – 2005, IFRS

2004 

As revised * 

2003 

As revised * 

2002 ** 

2001 **

29 371 

–0.5 

29 020 

3 492 

4 326 

14.7 

405 

1.4 

4 705 

16.0 

3 192 

10.9 

1 446 

1 539 

548 

1.9 

1 197 

4.1 

3 776 

12.9 

53 511 

7 857 

234 

31.5 

21.7 

64.4 

–79 

29 533 

–1.6 

29 186 

3 067 

4 960 

16.8 

352 

1.2 

5 294 

17.9 

3 543 

12.0 

1 699 

1 439 

432 

1.5 

1 013 

3.4 

3 788 

12.8 

51 605 

8 117 

491 

34.3 

24.1 

64.8 

–71 

30 016 

–3.8 

29 663 

3 140 

4 780 

15.9 

156 

0.5 

4 917 

16.4 

3 381 

11.3 

1 484 

1 340 

432 

1.4 

966 

3.2 

3 052 

10.2 

52 714 

8 309 

564 

35.3 

25.5 

62.5 

–61 

31 191

2.7

30 738

3 235

3 362

10.8

125

0.4

3 475

11.1

2 200

7.1

1 192

1 279

1 041

3.3

2 149

6.9

2 985

9.6

57 716

8 988

1 038

27.9

19.1

56.0

–41

* 

2004 and 2003 financial accounts now reflect the retrospective implementation of IFRS 2 
and IAS 39(R). 2002 and 2001 data has not been adjusted from that reported in prior years, and 
therefore is not always comparable with data for the years 2003 to 2005.

** 

Board’s proposal

*** 

Includes acquisitions, investments in shares and capitalized development costs.

1 

Includes share-based compensation. See Note 5.

Calculation of key ratios, see page 50.

Nokia Group 2001 – 2005, IFRS 

49

 
 
  
 
 
 
Calculation of key ratios

Key ratios under IFRS

Operating profi t
Profi t after depreciation

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital + reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share
Profi t attributable to equity holders of the parent

Average of adjusted number of shares during the year

P/E ratio
Adjusted share price, December 31

Earnings per share

Dividend per share
Nominal dividend per share

Return on shareholders’ equity, %
Profi t attributable to the equity holders of the parent

Average capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent 
during the year

Equity ratio, %
Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent
+ minority shareholders’ interests

Total assets – advance payments received

Net debt to equity (gearing), %
Long-term interest-bearing liabilities (including the current portion thereof)
+ short-term borrowings – cash and other liquid assets

Capital and reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent
+ minority shareholders’ interests

The adjustment coeffi cients of the share issues that have
taken place during or after the year in question

Year-end currency rates 2005 

USD 
GBP 
SEK 
JPY 

EUR =

1.1972
0.6784
9.4326
139.29

Payout ratio
Dividend per share

Earnings per share

Dividend yield, %
Nominal dividend per share

Share price

Shareholders’ equity per share
Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent

Adjusted number of shares at year end

Market capitalization
Number of shares x share price per share class

Adjusted average share price
Amount traded, in EUR, during the period

Adjusted number of shares traded during the period

Share turnover, %
Number of shares traded during the period

Average number of shares during the period

Return on capital employed, %
Profi t before taxes + interest and other net fi nancial expenses

Average capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent
+ short-term borrowings + long-term interest-bearing liabilities 
(including the current portion thereof) + minority shareholders’ interests

50 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
Proposal by the Board of Directors 
to the Annual General Meeting

The distributable earnings in the balance sheet of the Group amount to EUR 9 453 million and 

those of the Company to EUR 4 915 million.

The  Board  proposes  that  from  the  funds  at  the  disposal  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting,  a 

dividend of EUR 0.37 per share is to be paid out on a total of 4 433 886 540 shares, amounting 

to EUR 1 641 million.

Espoo, January 26, 2006

Jorma Ollila 
Chairman and CEO 

Paul J. Collins

Georg Ehrnrooth  

Daniel R. Hesse 

Bengt Holmström

Per Karlsson 

Edouard Michelin 

Marjorie Scardino

Vesa Vainio 

Arne Wessberg

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo
President and COO

Proposal by the Board of Directors to the Annual General Meeting 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditors’ report  
Translation

To the shareholders of Nokia Oyj
We have audited the accounting records, the fi nancial statements and the admin-
istration of Nokia Oyj for the period 1.1. – 31.12.2005. The Board of Directors and the 
Managing Director have prepared the report of the Board of Directors and the con-
solidated fi nancial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and the parent company’s fi nancial state-
ments prepared in accordance with prevailing regulations in Finland, that includes 
parent company’s balance sheet, income statement, cash fl ow statement and the 
notes to the fi nancial statements. Based on our audit, we express an opinion on the 
consolidated fi nancial statements, the parent company’s fi nancial statements and on 
the administration of the parent company.

We have conducted the audit in accordance with Finnish Standards on Auditing. 
Those standards require that we perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the fi nancial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit 
includes examining on a test basis evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the fi nancial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and signifi cant 
estimates made by the management as well as evaluating the overall fi nancial state-
ment presentation. The purpose of our audit of administration is to examine that the 
members of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director of the parent company 
have legally complied with the rules of the Companies’ Act.

Consolidated fi nancial statements
In our opinion the consolidated fi nancial statements give a true and fair view, as re-
ferred to in the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and 
defi ned in the Finnish Accounting Act, of the consolidated results of operations as well 
as of the fi nancial position. The consolidated fi nancial statements can be adopted.

Parent company’s fi nancial statements and administration
In our opinion the parent company’s fi nancial statements have been prepared in ac-
cordance with the Finnish Accounting Act and other rules and regulations governing 
the preparation of fi nancial statements in Finland. The fi nancial statements give a 
true and fair view, as defi ned in the Finnish Accounting Act, of the parent company’s 
result of operations as well as of the fi nancial position. The fi nancial statements can 
be adopted and the members of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director 
of the parent company can be discharged from liability for the period audited by us. 
The proposal by the Board of Directors regarding distributable funds is in compliance 
with the Companies’ Act.

Helsinki, 26 January 2006

PricewaterhouseCoopers Oy
Authorized Public Accountants

Eero Suomela
APA

52 
52 

Nokia in 2005
Nokia in 2005

Additional information

US GAAP  .................................................................................................................................................... 54

Critical accounting policies  ................................................................................................................ 59

Group Executive Board  ........................................................................................................................ 62

Board of Directors  ................................................................................................................................. 64

Risk factors  .............................................................................................................................................. 66

Corporate governance  ......................................................................................................................... 68

Investor information  ............................................................................................................................ 83

Contact information  ............................................................................................................................. 84

US GAAP

Differences between International Financial Reporting 
Standards and US Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles
The Group’s consolidated fi nancial statements are prepared in accordance with 
International Financial  Reporting Standards, which differ in certain respects from 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). 
The principal differences between IFRS and US GAAP are presented below together 
with explanations of certain adjustments that affect consolidated net income and 
total shareholders’ equity under US GAAP as of and for the years ended December 31:

EURm 

Reconciliation of profit attributable 
to equity holders of the parent under IFRS
to net income under US GAAP:

Profi t attributable to equity holders 
of the parent reported under IFRS
US GAAP adjustments: 

  Pension expense 

  Development costs 

Social security cost on share-based payments 

Share-based compensation expense 

Cash fl ow hedges 

Sale and leaseback transaction 

  Amortization of identifi able 
intangible assets acquired 

Impairment of identifi able 
intangible assets acquired 

  Amortization of goodwill 

Impairment of goodwill 

Loss on disposal 

  Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments 

2005 

2004 

2003 
  As revised 1  As revised 1

3 616 

3 192 

3 543

– 3 

10 

12 

– 39 

– 12 

– 4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 9 

11 

– 

42 

– 6 

39 

31 

– 

– 11 

– 47 

106 

– 

– 

– 3 

– 12

322

– 21

32

19

–

– 22

–

162

151

–

– 77

Net income under US GAAP 

3 582 

3 343 

4 097

Presentation of comprehensive income under US GAAP:
Other comprehensive income (+)/loss (–):

Foreign currency translation adjustment 

272 

– 67 

– 273

  Additional minimum liability, 
  net of tax of EUR 5 million in 2005 and

EURm 

2005 

2004 

Reconciliation of total equity under IFRS 
to total shareholders’ equity under US GAAP:

Total equity reported under IFRS 

Less minority interests 

12 360 

– 205 

14 399

– 168

Capital reserves attributable to 
equity holders of the parent under IFRS 

12 155 

14 231

US GAAP adjustments:

  Pension expense 

  Additional minimum liability 

  Development costs 

– 52 

– 13 

– 47 

  Marketable securities and unlisted investments  17 

Social security cost on share-based payments 

20 

  Deferred compensation 

Share issue premium 

Share-based compensation  

  Acquisition purchase price 

Sale and leaseback transaction 

  Amortization of identifi able 
intangible assets acquired 

Impairment of identifi able 
intangible assets acquired 

  Amortization of goodwill 

Impairment of goodwill 

Loss on disposal 

  Translation of goodwill 

  Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments 

– 

135 

– 135 

2 

– 4 

– 62 

– 47 

502 

255 

– 9 

– 242 

83 

– 49

–

– 57

35

15

– 50

146

– 96

2

–

– 62

– 47

502

255

–

– 319

70

EUR – 2 million in 2003  

– 8 

– 

3

Total shareholders’ equity under US GAAP 

12 558 

14 576

  Net losses on cash fl ow hedges, 
  net of tax of EUR 43 million in 2005 

(EUR 8 million in 2004 and 
EUR 4 million in 2003) 

– 122 

– 23 

– 4

Earnings per share under US GAAP:

EURm 

2005 

2004 

2003

Earnings per share (net income):

  Basic 

  Diluted 

Average number of shares (1 000 shares):

0.82 

0.82 

0.73 

0.73 

0.86

0.86

  Basic  

  Diluted 

4 365 547 

4 593 196 

4 761 121

4 371 239 

4 600 337 

4 761 160

  Net unrealized losses (–)/gains(+) on securities:

  Net unrealized holding losses/gains 
  during the year, net of tax
  of EUR 6 million in 2005 (EUR – 2 million
in 2004 and EUR – 11 million in 2003) 

  Transfer to profi t and loss account 
  on impairment 

Less: Reclassifi cation adjustment on disposal, 

  net of tax of EUR 0 million in 2005

(EUR 10 million in 2004 
  and EUR 14 million in 2003) 

Other comprehensive income (+)/loss (–) 

– 81 

9 

– 3 

67 

Comprehensive income under US GAAP 

3 649 

1 

See Note 1 and 2

2 

11 

71

27

– 95 

– 172 

3 171 

– 27

– 203

3 894

54 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US GAAP

Pension expense and additional 
minimum liability
Under IFRS, pension assets, defi ned benefi t pension 
liabilities and pension expense are actuarially deter-
mined in a similar manner to US GAAP. However, under 
IFRS the prior service cost, transition adjustments and 
pension expense resulting from plan amendments 
are generally recognized immediately. Under US GAAP, 
these expenses are generally recognized over a longer 
period. Also, under US GAAP the employer should 
recognize an additional minimum pension liability 
charged to other comprehensive income when the 
accumulated benefi t obligation (ABO) exceeds the fair 
value of the plan assets and this amount is not cov-
ered by the liability recognized in the balance sheet. 
The calculation of the ABO is based on approach two 
as described in EITF 88 – 1, Determination of Vested 
Benefi t Obligation for a Defi ned Benefi t Pension Plan, 
under which the actuarial present value is based on 
the date of separation from service.

The US GAAP pension expense adjustments refl ect 
the difference between the prepaid pension asset and 
related pension expense as determined by applying 
IAS 19, Employee Benefi ts, and the pension asset and 
related pension expense determined by applying 
FAS  87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions.

Development costs
Development costs are capitalized under IFRS after 
the product involved has reached a certain degree of 
technical feasibility. Capitalization ceases and depre-
ciation begins when the product becomes available to 
customers. The depreciation period of these capital-
ized assets is between two and fi ve years.

Under US GAAP, software development costs are 
similarly capitalized after the product has reached a 
certain degree of technological feasibility. However, 
certain non-software related development costs 
capitalized under IFRS are not capitalizable under US 
GAAP and therefore are expensed. 

Under IFRS, whenever there is an indication that 
capitalized development costs may be impaired the 
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. An asset 
is impaired when the carrying amount of the asset 
exceeds its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount 
is defi ned as the higher of an asset’s net selling price 

and value in use. Value in use is the present value of 
estimated discounted future cash fl ows expected to 
arise from the continuing use of an asset and from its 
disposal at the end of its useful life.

Under US GAAP, the unamortized capitalized costs 

of a software product are compared at each balance 
sheet date to the net realizable value of that product 
with any excess written off. Net realizable value is 
defi ned as the estimated future gross revenues from 
that product reduced by the estimated future costs of 
completing and disposing of that product, including 
the costs of performing maintenance and customer 
support required to satisfy the enterprise’s responsi-
bility set forth at the time of sale.

The amount of unamortized capitalized software 
development costs under US GAAP is EUR 213 million in 
2005 (EUR 210 million in 2004).

The US GAAP development cost adjustment refl ects 

the reversal of capitalized non-software related 
development costs under US GAAP net of the reversal 
of associated amortization expense and impairments 
under IFRS. The adjustment also refl ects differences in 
impairment methodologies under IFRS and US GAAP for 
the determination of the recoverable amount and net 
realizable value of software related development costs.

Marketable securities and unlisted 
investments
Under IFRS, all available-for-sale investments, which 
includes all publicly listed and non-listed marketable 
securities, are measured at fair value and gains and 
losses are recognized within shareholders’ equity 
until realized in the profi t and loss account upon sale 
or disposal.

Under US GAAP, the Group’s listed marketable 
securities are classifi ed as available-for-sale and 
carried at aggregate fair value with gross unrealized 
holding gains and losses reported as a component of 
other comprehensive income (+)/loss (–). Investments 
in equity securities that are not traded on a public 
market are carried at historical cost, giving rise to an 
adjustment between IFRS and US GAAP. 

Social security cost on share-based payments 
Under IFRS, the Group recognizes a provision for social 
security costs on unvested equity instruments based 

upon local statutory law, net of deferred compen-
sation, which is recorded as a component of total 
equity. The provision is considered as a cash-settled 
share-based payment and is measured by reference 
to the fair value of the equity benefi ts provided and 
the amount of the provision is adjusted to refl ect the 
changes in Nokia’s share price. 

Under US GAAP, a liability for social security costs 
on unvested equity instruments is recognized on the 
date of the event triggering the measurement and 
payment of the tax to the taxing authority. Accord-
ingly, no expense is recorded until stock options are 
exercised or unvested shares are fully vested. 

The US GAAP social security costs adjustment 
refl ects the reversal of social security costs recorded 
under IFRS for outstanding options and unvested 
performance and restricted shares.

Share-based compensation 
The Group maintains several share-based employee 
compensation plans, which are described more fully 
in Note 24. As of January 1, 2005 the Group adopted 
IFRS 2. Prior to the adoption of IFRS 2, the Group did 
not recognize the fi nancial effect of share-based 
payments until such payments were settled. In ac-
cordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 2, 
the Standard has been applied retrospectively to all 
grants of shares, share options or other equity instru-
ments that were granted after November 7, 2002 and 
that were not yet vested at the effective date of the 
standard. 

Through December 31, 2004, the Group accounted 
for its employee share-based compensation programs 
under US GAAP using the intrinsic value method in 
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion 
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees 
(APB  25) and related interpretations to measure em-
ployee stock compensation. Under APB 25, compensa-
tion expense was recognized under the Group’s option 
programs when options were awarded at an exercise 
price below the market price of the Group’s shares on 
the grant date and under the Group’s performance 
and restricted share programs as they were accounted 
for as variable award plans. Under APB 25, compensa-
tion arising from stock option programs, restricted 
shares and performance shares was recorded as 

US GAAP 

55

 
US GAAP

deferred compensation within shareholders’ equity 
and recognized in the profi t and loss account over the 
vesting period of the underlying equity instruments.
Effective January 1, 2005, the Group adopted 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 
123 (R), Share-based Payment (“FAS 123R”) using the 
modifi ed prospective method. Under the modifi ed 
prospective method, all new equity-based compen-
sation awards granted to employees and existing 
awards modifi ed on or after January 1, 2005, are 
measured based on the fair value of the award and 
are recognized in the statement of income over the 
required service period. Prior periods have not been 
revised.

The retrospective transition provision of IFRS 2 

and the modifi ed prospective transition provision 
of FAS 123(R) give rise to differences in the historical 
income statement for share-based compensation. 
Further, associated differences surrounding the effec-
tive date of application of the standards to unvested 
shares give rise to both current and historical income 
statement differences in share-based compensation. 
Share issue premium refl ects the cumulative differ-
ence between the amount of share-based compensa-
tion recorded under US GAAP and IFRS and the amount 
of deferred compensation previously recorded in 
accordance with APB 25.

Total share-based compensation expense under 

US GAAP was EUR 134 million in 2005. Total share-
based compensation expense in 2005 would have 
been EUR 110 million under APB 25. The increase in 
share-based compensation expense resulting from 
the adoption of FAS 123R reduced basic and diluted 
earnings per share under US GAAP by 0.01 EUR in 2005.

Cash fl ow hedges
Under IFRS, the Group adopted IAS 39(R) as of Janu-
ary 1, 2005, which supersedes IAS 39 (revised 2000). 
The changes, which are retrospective, under IAS 39(R) 
are that hedge accounting is no longer allowed under 
Treasury Center foreign exchange netting. 

Under US GAAP, the Group applies FAS 133, Ac-
counting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging 
Activities. 

The US GAAP difference arises when a subsidiary’s 
reporting currency is different from Treasury Center’s 

56 

Nokia in 2005

reporting currency and external and internal hedge 
maturities are different more than 31 days. For those 
hedges not qualifying under US GAAP, the unrealized 
spot foreign exchange gains and losses from those 
hedges are released to the income statement. The US 
GAAP adjustment for prior years has been adjusted for 
the adoption for IAS 39(R).

ation becomes fi xed. The average share price for a 
reasonable period before and after the measurement 
date is then used to value the shares.

The US GAAP acquisition purchase price adjust-

ment refl ects the different measurement dates used 
under IFRS and US GAAP in the valuation of shares 
issued in connection with a business combination.

Sale and leaseback transaction
In 2005, the Group entered into a sale and leaseback 
transaction. Under the agreement, the Group has a 
potential liability related to a pending zoning change 
scheduled to be fi nal in 2006. Under IFRS, the transac-
tion qualifi ed as a sale and leaseback as the potential 
liability related to the zoning change is considered to 
be remote. Accordingly, the Group recorded a gain on 
the sale of the property and rental expense associated 
with the subsequent leaseback. 

Under US GAAP, the transaction did not qualify for 
sale and leaseback accounting as the clause is deemed 
to create continuing involvement by the Group. Ac-
cordingly, the transaction is accounted for as a capital 
lease until the potential obligation lapses with the 
zoning change expected in 2006. Once the potential 
obligation lapses and continuing involvement ceases, 
the transaction can be accounted for as a sale and the 
corresponding gain can be realized. Until that time, 
the amount of the asset will remain on the US GAAP 
balance sheet and rental payments are recorded as a 
reduction of the principal amount of the obligation 
and as interest expense. 

 The US GAAP sale and leaseback adjustment 
refl ects the reversal of the gain on sale of the property 
and rental expense recorded under IFRS net of interest 
expense recorded under US GAAP.

Acquisition purchase price
Under IFRS, when the consideration paid in a business 
combination includes shares of the acquirer, the 
purchase price of the acquired business is determined 
on the date at which the shares are exchanged. 
Under US GAAP, the measurement date for 
shares of the acquirer is the date the acquisition is 
announced or, if the number of shares is uncertain on 
such date, the fi rst day on which both the number of 
acquirer shares and the amount of other consider-

Amortization and impairment of identifi able 
intangible assets acquired
Under IFRS, prior to April 1, 2004, unpatented technol-
ogy acquired was not separately recognized upon 
acquisition as an identifi able intangible asset but was 
included within goodwill. 

Under US GAAP, any unpatented technology 

acquired in a business combination is recorded as 
an identifi able intangible asset with an associated 
deferred tax liability. The intangible asset is amortized 
over its estimated useful life. The adjustment to US 
GAAP net income and shareholders’ equity relates 
to the amortization and accumulated amortization, 
respectively, recorded under IFRS related to Amber 
Networks’ intangible asset.

During 2004 the carrying value of Amber Network 

unpatented technology was impaired since Nokia no 
longer developed nor used the technology acquired 
and its carrying amount was deemed not recoverable 
through estimated future cash fl ows. The total impact 
on net income in 2004 amounted to EUR 58 million of 
which the impairment recognized under US GAAP was 
EUR 47 million.

The net carrying amount of other intangible as-
sets under US GAAP is EUR 425 million in 2005 (EUR 419 
million in 2004) and consists of capitalized develop-
ment costs of EUR 213 million (EUR 210 million) and 
acquired patents, trademarks and licenses of EUR 212 
million (EUR 209 million). The Group does not have 
any indefi nite lived intangible assets. Amortization 
expense under US GAAP of other intangible assets as of 
December 31, 2005, is expected to be as follows:

US GAAP

corded under IFRS that did not qualify as impairments 
under US GAAP. 

Upon completion of the 2003 annual impairment 

test, the Group determined that the impairment re-
corded for Amber Networks should be reversed under 
US GAAP as the fair value of the reporting unit in which 
Amber Networks resides exceeded the book value 
of the reporting unit. The annual impairment tests 
performed subsequent to 2003 continue to support 
the reversal of this impairment.

The Group recorded no goodwill impairments 

during 2005 and 2004. 

Below is a roll forward of US GAAP goodwill during 

2005 and 2004:

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Thereafter 

EURm

164

79

27

13

6

136

425

Amortization of goodwill
Under IFRS, the Group adopted the provisions of IFRS 3 
on January 1, 2005. As a result, goodwill recognized 
relating to purchase acquisitions and acquisitions of 
associated companies is no longer subject to amorti-
zation. Under the transitional provisions of IFRS 3, this 
change in accounting policy was effective immedi-
ately for acquisitions made after March 31, 2004. 

Under US GAAP, the Group records goodwill in ac-
cordance with FAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible 
Assets, (FAS 142). The Group adopted the provisions 
of FAS 142 on January 1, 2002 and as a result, goodwill 
relating to purchase acquisitions and acquisitions of 
associated companies is no longer subject to amorti-
zation subsequent to the date of adoption.

The US GAAP adjustment reverses amortization 

expense and the associated movement in accumu-
lated amortization recorded under IFRS prior to the 
adoption of IFRS 3.

Impairment of goodwill
Under IFRS, goodwill is allocated to “cash-generating 
units”, which are the smallest group of identifi able 
assets that include the goodwill under review for im-
pairment and generate cash infl ows from continuing 
use that are largely independent of the cash infl ows 
from other assets. Under IFRS, the Group recorded an 
impairment of goodwill of EUR 151 million related to 
Amber Networks in 2003 as the carrying amount of 
the cash-generating unit exceeded the recoverable 
amount of the unit.

Under US GAAP, goodwill is allocated to “reporting 

units”, which are operating segments or one level 
below an operating segment (as defi ned in FAS 131, 
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and 
Related Information). The goodwill impairment test 
under FAS 142 compares the carrying value for each 
reporting unit to its fair value based on discounted 
cash fl ows. 

The US GAAP impairment of goodwill adjustment 

refl ects the cumulative reversal of impairments re-

EURm 

Balance as of January 1, 2004 

Translation adjustment 

Balance as of December 31, 2004 

Goodwill disposed 

Translation adjustment 

Balance as of December 31, 2005 

Mobile 
Phones 

Multimedia 

Enterprise 
Solutions 

Networks 

Common
Group
 Functions 

129 

– 1 

128 

– 

45 

173 

22 

– 

22 

– 

– 

22 

40 

– 3 

37 

– 

4 

41 

271 

– 22 

249 

– 

28 

277 

9 

– 

9 

– 9 

– 

– 

Group

471

– 26

445

– 9

77

513

US GAAP 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US GAAP

Loss on disposal
In 2005, the Group divested the remaining holdings in 
a Group company resulting in a loss on disposal. Under 
IFRS, the goodwill related to the original acquisition 
had been fully amortized.

Under US GAAP, the goodwill related to the ac-
quisition of the Group company was written off upon 
disposal resulting in an additional loss. 

The US GAAP loss on disposal adjustment refl ects 
the write-off of goodwill under US GAAP that was fully 
amortized under IFRS. 

Translation of goodwill
Under IFRS, the Group has historically translated good-
will arising on the acquisition of foreign subsidiaries 
at historical rates. Subsequent to the adoption of 
IAS 21 (revised 2004) as of January 1, 2005, the Group 
translates goodwill arising on prospective acquisi-
tions of foreign companies at balance sheet date 
closing rates.

Under US GAAP, goodwill is translated at the 
closing rate on the balance sheet date with gains and 
losses recorded as a component of other comprehen-
sive income.

The US GAAP translation of goodwill adjustment 
refl ects cumulative translation differences between 
historical and current rates on goodwill arising from 
acquisitions of foreign subsidiaries.

58 

Nokia in 2005

Critical accounting policies 

Our accounting policies affecting our fi nancial condi-
tion and results of operations are more fully described 
in Note 1 to our consolidated fi nancial statements. Cer-
tain of Nokia’s accounting policies require the applica-
tion of judgment by management in selecting appro-
priate assumptions for calculating fi nancial estimates, 
which inherently contain some degree of uncertainty. 
Management bases its estimates on historical experi-
ence and various other assumptions that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results 
of which form the basis for making judgments about 
the reported carrying values of assets and liabilities 
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
that may not be readily apparent from other sources. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different assumptions or conditions.

Nokia believes the following are the critical 
accounting policies and related judgments and 
estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated 
fi nancial statements. We have discussed the applica-
tion of these critical accounting estimates with our 
Board of Directors and Audit Committee.

Revenue recognition
Revenue from the majority of the Group is recognized 
when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, de-
livery has occurred, the fee is fi xed or determinable and 
collectibility is probable. The remainder of revenue is 
recorded under the percentage of completion method.
Mobile Phones, Multimedia and Enterprise Solu-

tions, and certain Networks’ revenue is recognized 
when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
delivery has occurred, the fee is fi xed or determinable 
and collectibility is probable. This requires us to assess 
at the point of delivery whether these criteria have 
been met. When management determines that such 
criteria have been met, revenue is recognized. Nokia 
records estimated reductions to revenue for special 
pricing agreements, price protection and other vol-
ume based discounts at the time of sale, mainly in the 
mobile device business. Sales adjustments for volume 
based discount programs are estimated based largely 
on historical activity under similar programs. Price 
protection adjustments are based on estimates of 
future price reductions and certain agreed customer 
inventories at the date of the price adjustment. An 
immaterial part of the revenue from products sold 

through distribution channels is recognized when the 
reseller or distributor sells the product to the end user.

Networks’ revenue and cost of sales from 

contracts involving solutions achieved through modi-
fi cation of complex telecommunications equipment 
is recognized on the percentage of completion basis 
when the outcome of the contract can be estimated 
reliably. This occurs when total contract revenue and 
the cost to complete the contract can be estimated 
reliably, it is probable that economic benefi ts associ-
ated with the contract will fl ow to the Group, and the 
stage of contract completion can be measured. When 
we are not able to meet those conditions, the policy 
is to recognize revenues only equal to costs incurred 
to date, to the extent that such costs are expected to 
be recovered. Completion is measured by reference to 
costs incurred to date as a percentage of estimated 
total project costs, the cost-to-cost method.

The percentage of completion method relies on 

estimates of total expected contract revenue and 
costs, as well as the dependable measurement of the 
progress made towards completing the particular 
project. Recognized revenues and profi t are subject 
to revisions during the project in the event that the 
assumptions regarding the overall project outcome 
are revised. The cumulative impact of a revision in 
estimates is recorded in the period such revisions 
become likely and estimable. Losses on projects in 
progress are recognized in the period they become 
likely and estimable.

Networks’ customer contracts may include the 
provision of separately identifi able components of a 
single transaction, for example the construction of a 
network solution and subsequent network mainte-
nance services. Accordingly, for these arrangements, 
revenue recognition requires proper identifi cation of 
the components of the transaction and evaluation of 
their commercial effect in order to refl ect the substance 
of the transaction. If the components are considered 
separable, revenue is allocated across the identifi able 
components based upon relative fair values.

Networks’ current sales and profi t estimates for 
projects may change due to the early stage of a long-
term project, new technology, changes in the project 
scope, changes in costs, changes in timing, changes in 
customers’ plans, realization of penalties, and other 
corresponding factors.

Customer fi nancing
We have provided a limited amount of customer 
fi nancing and agreed extended payment terms with 
selected customers in our Networks business. In 
establishing credit arrangements, management must 
assess the creditworthiness of the customer and the 
timing of cash fl ows expected to be received under 
the arrangement. However, should the actual fi nancial 
position of our customers or general economic 
conditions differ from our assumptions, we may be 
required to re-assess the ultimate collectibility of such 
fi nancings and trade credits, which could result in a 
write-off of these balances in future periods and thus 
negatively impact our profi ts in future periods. Our 
assessment of the net recoverable value considers the 
collateral and security arrangements of the receivable 
as well as the likelihood and timing of estimated 
collections. See also Note 38(b) to our consolidated 
fi nancial statements for a further discussion of long-
term loans to customers and other parties.

Allowances for doubtful accounts
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for 
estimated losses resulting from the subsequent in-
ability of our customers to make required payments. 
If the fi nancial conditions of our customers were to 
deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability 
to make payments, additional allowances may be 
required in future periods. Management specifi cally 
analyzes accounts receivables and analyzes historical 
bad debt, customer concentrations, customer cred-
itworthiness, current economic trends and changes 
in our customer payment terms when evaluating the 
adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventory-related allowances
We periodically review our inventory for excess, obso-
lescence and declines in market value below cost and 
record an allowance against the inventory balance for 
any such declines. These reviews require management 
to estimate future demand for our products. Possible 
changes in these estimates could result in revisions to 
the valuation of inventory in future periods.

Warranty provisions
We provide for the estimated cost of product war-
ranties at the time revenue is recognized. Nokia’s 

Critical accounting policies  

59

 
Critical accounting policies 

products are covered by product warranty plans of 
varying periods, depending on local practices and 
regulations. While we engage in extensive product 
quality programs and processes, including actively 
monitoring and evaluating the quality of our compo-
nent suppliers, our warranty obligations are affected 
by actual product failure rates (fi eld failure rates) and 
by material usage and service delivery costs incurred 
in correcting a product failure. Our warranty provi-
sion is established based upon our best estimates of 
the amounts necessary to settle future and existing 
claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date. 
As we continuously introduce new products, which 
incorporate complex technology, and as local laws, 
regulations and practices may change, it will be 
increasingly diffi cult to anticipate our failure rates, the 
length of warranty periods and repair costs. While we 
believe that our warranty provisions are adequate and 
that the judgments applied are appropriate, the ulti-
mate cost of product warranty could differ materially 
from our estimates. When the actual cost of quality of 
our products is lower than we originally anticipated, 
we release an appropriate proportion of the provision, 
and if the cost of quality is higher than anticipated, we 
increase the provision.

Provision for intellectual property rights, 
or IPR, infringements
We provide for the estimated future settlements 
related to asserted and unasserted IPR infringements 
based on the probable outcome of each infringement. 

Our products and solutions include increasingly 
complex technologies involving numerous patented 
and other proprietary technologies. Although we 
proactively try to ensure that we are aware of any 
patents and other intellectual property rights related 
to our products and solutions under development and 
thereby avoid inadvertent infringement of proprietary 
technologies, the nature of our business is such that 
patent and other intellectual property right infringe-
ments may and do occur. Through contact with 
parties claiming infringement of their patented or 
otherwise exclusive technology, or through our own 
monitoring of developments in patent and other intel-
lectual property right cases involving our competitors, 
we identify potential IPR infringements.

infringements made known to us through assertion 
by third parties, or through our own monitoring of 
patent- and other IPR-related cases in the relevant 
legal systems. To the extent that we determine that an 
identifi ed potential infringement will result in a prob-
able outfl ow of resources, we record a liability based 
on our best estimate of the expenditure required to 
settle infringement proceedings.

Our experience with claims of IPR infringement 
is that there is typically a discussion period with the 
accusing party, which can last from several months to 
years. In cases where a settlement is not reached, the 
discovery and ensuing legal process typically lasts a 
minimum of one year. For this reason, IPR infringe-
ment claims can last for varying periods of time, 
resulting in irregular movements in the IPR infringe-
ment provision. In addition, the ultimate outcome or 
actual cost of settling an individual infringement may 
materially vary from our estimates.

Legal contingencies 
As discussed in Note 32 to the consolidated fi nancial 
statements, legal proceedings covering a wide range of 
matters are pending or threatened in various jurisdic-
tions against the Group. We record provisions for pend-
ing litigation when we determine that an unfavorable 
outcome is probable and the amount of loss can be 
reasonably estimated. Due to the inherent uncertain 
nature of litigation, the ultimate outcome or actual cost 
of settlement may materially vary from estimates.

Capitalized development costs
We capitalize certain development costs when it is 
probable that a development project will be a success 
and certain criteria, including commercial and techni-
cal feasibility, have been met. These costs are then 
amortized on a systematic basis over their expected 
useful lives, which due to the constant development of 
new technologies is between two to fi ve years. During 
the development stage, management must estimate 
the commercial and technical feasibility of these 
projects as well as their expected useful lives. Should 
a product fail to substantiate its estimated feasibility 
or life cycle, we may be required to write off excess 
development costs in future periods.

Whenever there is an indicator that develop-

impaired, the recoverable amount of the asset is 
estimated. An asset is impaired when the carrying 
amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is defi ned as the higher of an 
asset’s net selling price and value in use. Value in use 
is the present value of discounted estimated future 
cash fl ows expected to arise from the continuing 
use of an asset and from its disposal at the end of its 
useful life. For projects still in development, these 
estimates include the future cash outfl ows that are 
expected to occur before the asset is ready for use. 
See Note 9 to our consolidated fi nancial statements.
Impairment reviews are based upon our projec-
tions of anticipated future cash fl ows. The most signifi -
cant variables in determining cash fl ows are discount 
rates, terminal values, the number of years on which to 
base the cash fl ow projections, as well as the assump-
tions and estimates used to determine the cash infl ows 
and outfl ows. Management determines discount rates 
to be used based on the risk inherent in the related 
activity’s current business model and industry com-
parisons. Terminal values are based on the expected 
life of products and forecasted life cycle and forecasted 
cash fl ows over that period. While we believe that our 
assumptions are appropriate, such amounts estimated 
could differ materially from what will actually occur in 
the future. For IFRS, discounted estimated cash fl ows 
are used to identify the existence of an impairment 
while for US GAAP undiscounted future cash fl ows are 
used. Consequently, an impairment could be required 
under IFRS but not under US GAAP.

Valuation of long-lived and
intangible assets and goodwill
We assess the carrying value of identifi able intangible 
assets, long-lived assets and goodwill annually, or 
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that such carrying value may not be recover-
able. Factors we consider important, which could 
trigger an impairment review, include the following:

» 

» 

signifi cant underperformance relative to 
historical or projected future results;

signifi cant changes in the manner of our use of 
the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall 
business; and

We estimate the outcome of all potential IPR 

ment costs capitalized for a specifi c project may be 

» 

signifi cantly negative industry or economic trends.

60 

Nokia in 2005

Critical accounting policies 

When we determine that the carrying value of intan-
gible assets, long-lived assets or goodwill may not be 
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more 
of the above indicators of impairment, we measure any 
impairment based on discounted projected cash fl ows.
This review is based upon our projections of 

anticipated future cash fl ows. The most signifi cant 
variables in determining cash fl ows are discount rates, 
terminal values, the number of years on which to base 
the cash fl ow projections, as well as the assumptions 
and estimates used to determine the cash infl ows and 
outfl ows. Management determines discount rates to be 
used based on the risk inherent in the related activity’s 
current business model and industry comparisons. 
Terminal values are based on the expected life of prod-
ucts and forecasted life cycle and forecasted cash fl ows 
over that period. While we believe that our assump-
tions are appropriate, such amounts estimated could 
differ materially from what will actually occur in the 
future. In assessing goodwill, for IFRS these discounted 
cash fl ows are prepared at a cash generating unit level, 
and for US GAAP these cash fl ows are prepared at a re-
porting unit level. Consequently, an impairment could 
be required under IFRS and not US GAAP or vice versa. 
Amounts estimated could differ materially from what 
will actually occur in the future.

Fair value of derivatives and 
other fi nancial instruments
Our investments consist primarily of derivative fi nan-
cial instruments associated with underlying hedged 
positions and equity investments. The fair value of 
fi nancial instruments that are not traded in an active 
market (for example, unlisted equities, currency 
options and embedded derivatives) are determined 
using valuation techniques. We use judgment to select 
an appropriate valuation methodology and underly-
ing assumptions based principally on existing market 
conditions. While we believe our valuation estimates 
are appropriate, changes in the performance of equity 
and derivative markets may cause the Group to recog-
nize material impairments or losses in future periods.

Deferred taxes
Management judgment is required in determining our 
provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and 
liabilities and the extent to which deferred tax assets 

can be recognized. We recognize deferred tax assets 
if it is probable that suffi cient taxable income will be 
available in the future against which the temporary 
differences and unused tax losses can be utilized. 
We have considered future taxable income and tax 
planning strategies in assessing whether deferred 
tax assets should be recognized. If the fi nal outcome 
of these matters differs from the amounts initially 
recorded, differences will impact the income tax and 
deferred tax provisions in the period in which such 
determination is made.

Pensions
The determination of our pension benefi t obligation 
and expense for defi ned benefi t pension plans is 
dependent on our selection of certain assumptions 
used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. Those 
assumptions are described in Note 6 to our consoli-
dated fi nancial statements and include, among others, 
the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return 
on plan assets and annual rate of increase in future 
compensation levels. A portion of our plan assets 
is invested in equity securities. The equity markets 
have experienced volatility, which has affected the 
value of our pension plan assets. This volatility may 
make it diffi cult to estimate the long-term rate of 
return on plan assets. Actual results that differ from 
our assumptions are accumulated and amortized 
over future periods and therefore generally affect our 
recognized expense and recorded obligation in such 
future periods. Our assumptions are based on actual 
historical experience and external data regarding 
compensation and discount rate trends. While we 
believe that our assumptions are appropriate, signifi -
cant differences in our actual experience or signifi cant 
changes in our assumptions may materially affect our 
pension obligation and our future expense.

Share-based compensation 
We have various types of equity settled share-based 
compensation schemes for employees. Employee 
services received, and the corresponding increase in 
equity, are measured by reference to the fair value of 
the equity instruments as at the date of grant, exclud-
ing the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. 
Fair value of stock options is estimated by using the 
Black Scholes model on the date of grant based on 

certain assumptions. Those assumptions are de-
scribed in Note 24 to the consolidated fi nancial state-
ments and include, among others, the dividend yield, 
expected volatility and expected life of the options. 
The expected life of options is estimated by observing 
general option holder behavior and actual historical 
terms of Nokia stock option programs, whereas the 
assumption of the expected volatility has been set by 
reference to the implied volatility of options available 
on Nokia shares in the open market and in light of 
historical patterns of volatility. These variables make 
estimation of fair value of stock options diffi cult.

Non-market vesting conditions attached to the 

performance shares are included in assumptions 
about the number of shares that the employee will 
ultimately receive relating to projections of sales and 
earnings per share. On a regular basis we review the 
assumptions made and revise the estimates of the 
number of performance shares that are expected to 
be settled, where necessary. At the date of grant the 
number of performance shares granted to employ-
ees that are expected to be settled is assumed to 
be the target amount. Any subsequent revisions to 
the estimates of the number of performance shares 
expected to be settled may increase or decrease total 
compensation expense. Such increase or decrease 
adjusts the prior period compensation expense in 
the period of the review on a cumulative basis for 
unvested performance shares for which compensation 
expense has already been recognized in the profi t and 
loss account, and in subsequent periods for unvested 
performance shares for which the expense has not 
yet been recognized in the profi t and loss account. 
Signifi cant differences in employee option activity, 
equity market performance and our projected and 
actual sales and earnings per share performance, 
may materially affect future expense. In addition, the 
value, if any, an employee ultimately receives from 
share-based payment awards may not correspond to 
the expense amounts recorded by the Group. 

Critical accounting policies  

61

 
The current members of our Group Executive Board are set forth below.

Chairman Jorma Ollila, b. 1950
Chairman and CEO of Nokia Corporation.
Group Executive Board member since 1986. 
Group Executive Board Chairman since 1992.
Joined Nokia 1985.

Master of Political Science (University of Helsinki), 
Master of Science (Econ.) (London School of Econom-
ics), Master of Science (Eng.) (Helsinki University of 
Technology).

President and CEO, and Chairman of the Group Execu-
tive Board of Nokia Corporation 1992 – 1999, President 
of Nokia Mobile Phones 1990 – 1992, Senior Vice 
President, Finance of Nokia 1986 – 1989. Holder of vari-
ous managerial positions at Citibank within corporate 
banking 1978 – 1985.

Member of the Board of Directors of Ford Motor Com-
pany, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of UPM-
Kymmene Corporation and Vice Chairman of the Board 
of Directors of Otava Books and Magazines Group Ltd. 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Royal Dutch 
Shell Plc from June 1, 2006. Chairman of the Boards 
of Directors and the Supervisory Boards of Finnish 
Business and Policy Forum EVA and The Research 
Institute of the Finnish Economy ETLA. Chairman of 
The European Round Table of Industrialists.

Simon Beresford-Wylie, b. 1958
Executive Vice President 
and General Manager of Networks.
Group Executive Board member since Feb. 1, 2005.
Joined Nokia 1998.

Bachelor of Arts (Economic Geography and History) 
(Australian National University).

Senior Vice President of Nokia Networks, Asia Pacifi c 
2003 – 2004, Senior Vice President, Customer Opera-
tions of Nokia Networks, 2002 – 2003, Vice President, 
Customer Operations of Nokia Networks 2000 – 2002, 
Managing Director of Nokia Networks in India and 
Area General Manager, South Asia 1999 – 2000, 
Regional Director of Business Development, Project 
and Trade Finance of Nokia Networks, Asia Pacifi c 
1998 – 1999, Chief Executive Offi cer of Modi Testra, 
India 1995 – 1998, General Manager, Banking and 
Finance, Corporate and Government business unit of 
Telstra Corporation 1993 – 1995, holder of executive 
positions in the Corporate and Government business 
units of Telstra Corporation 1989 – 1993, holder of 
executive, managerial and clerical positions in the 
Australian Commonwealth Public Service 1982 – 1989.

Member of the Board of Directors 
of The Vitec Group plc.

Robert Andersson, b. 1960
Executive Vice President 
of Customer and Market Operations.
Group Executive Board member since Oct. 1, 2005.
Joined Nokia in 1985.

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo, b. 1953
President and COO. 
President and CEO as from June 1, 2006.
Group Executive Board member since 1990.
With Nokia 1980 – 81, rejoined 1982

Master of Business Administration (George Washing-
ton University), Master of Science (Econ.) (Swedish 
School of Economics and Business Administration in 
Helsinki).

Senior Vice President for Customer and Market Opera-
tions, Europe, Middle East and Africa 2004 – 2005, 
Senior Vice President of Nokia Mobile Phones in Asia-
Pacifi c 2001 – 2004, Vice President of Sales for Nokia 
Mobile Phones in Europe and Africa 1998 – 2001.

LL.M. (University of Helsinki).

Executive Vice President and General Manager of 
Mobile Phones 2004 – 2005, Executive Vice President, 
CFO of Nokia 1999 – 2003, Executive Vice President 
of Nokia Americas and President of Nokia Inc. 
1997 – 1998, Executive Vice President, CFO of Nokia 
1992 – 1996, Senior Vice President, Finance of Nokia 
1990 – 1991.

Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sampo plc (until 
March 2006) and member of the Board of Directors of 
EMC Corporation.

Group Executive Board 

January 1, 2006

According to our articles of association, we have 
a Group Executive Board, which is responsible 
for the operative management of the Group. The 
Chairman and members of the Group Executive 
Board are appointed by the Board of Directors. 
Only the Chairman of the Group Executive Board 
can be a member of both the Board of Directors 
and the Group Executive Board.

The Board of Directors has released Jorma 
Ollila, Chairman and CEO, upon his request from 
his duties as the CEO and Chairman of the Group 
Executive Board effective June 1, 2006. The Board 
of Directors has appointed Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo 
President and COO with effect from October 1, 
2005 until May 31, 2006. From June 1, 2006, 
Mr.  Kallasvuo will become President and CEO and 
Chairman of the Group Executive Board.

During 2005, we announced the following 
changes in the members of the Group Executive 
Board:

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

Tero Ojanperä was appointed Chief Strategy 
Offi cer and member of the Group Executive 
Board effective January 1, 2005.

Sari Baldauf, formerly Executive Vice 
President and General Manager of Networks, 
resigned effective January 31, 2005.

J.T. Bergqvist, formerly Senior Vice President 
and General Manager of Business Units of 
Networks, resigned effective January 31, 
2005.

Simon Beresford-Wylie was appointed Ex-
ecutive Vice President and General Manager 
of Networks and member of the Group 
Executive Board effective February 1, 2005.

Pekka Ala-Pietilä, formerly President of Nokia 
and Head of Customer and Market Operations 
resigned from the Group Executive Board 
effective October 1, 2005. Thereafter, Mr. 
Ala-Pietilä served as an Executive Advisor for 
Nokia until January 31, 2006.

Yrjö Neuvo, formerly Senior Vice President 
and Technology Advisor, resigned from the 
Group Executive Board effective October 1, 
2005.

Robert Andersson was appointed Executive 
Vice President of Customer and Market 
Operations and member of the Group Execu-
tive Board effective October 1, 2005.

Kai Öistämö was appointed Executive Vice 
President and General Manager of Mobile 
Phones and member of the Group Executive 
Board effective October 1, 2005.

62 

Nokia in 2005

Pertti Korhonen, b. 1961
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Offi cer.
Group Executive Board member since 2002.
Joined Nokia 1986.

Dr. Tero Ojanperä, b. 1966
Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Offi cer.
Group Executive Board member since Jan. 1, 2005.
Joined Nokia 1990.

Master of Science (Electronics Eng.) (University of Oulu).

Executive Vice President of Nokia Mobile Software 
2001 – 2003, Senior Vice President, Global Opera-
tions, Logistics and Sourcing of Nokia Mobile Phones 
1999 – 2001, Senior Vice President, Global Operations 
and Logistics of Nokia Mobile Phones 1998 – 1999, 
Vice President, Logistics of Nokia Mobile Phones 
1996 – 1998, Vice President, Manufacturing Europe of 
Nokia Mobile Phones 1993 – 1996, Project Executive of 
Nokia Mobile Phones UK Ltd 1991 – 1993, Vice Presi-
dent, R&D of Nokia Mobile Phones, Oulu 1990 – 1991.

Mary T. McDowell, b. 1964
Executive Vice President 
and General Manager of Enterprise Solutions.
Group Executive Board member since 2004.
Joined Nokia 2004.

Bachelor of Science (Computer Science) (College of 
Engineering at the University of Illinois).

Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Devel-
opment of Hewlett-Packard Company 2003, Senior Vice 
President & General Manager, Industry-Standard Serv-
ers of Hewlett-Packard Company 2002 – 2003, Senior 
Vice President & General Manager, Industry-Standard 
Servers of Compaq Computer Corporation 1998 – 2002, 
Vice President, Marketing, Server Products Division of 
Compaq Computer Corporation 1996 – 1998. Holder of 
executive, managerial and other positions at Compaq 
Computer Corporation 1986 – 1996.

Member of the Board of Visitors for the College of 
Engineering at the University of Illinois.

Hallstein Moerk, b. 1953
Executive Vice President, Human Resources.
Group Executive Board member since 2004.
Joined Nokia 1999.

Diplomøkonom (Econ.) (Norwegian School of Manage-
ment). Holder of various positions at Hewlett-Packard 
Corporation 1977 – 1999.

Member of the Board of Advisors for Center for HR 
Strategy, Rutgers University.

Master of Science (University of Oulu), Ph.D. (Delft 
University of Technology, The Netherlands).

Senior Vice President, Head of Nokia Research Center 
2002 – 2004. Vice President, Research, Standardiza-
tion and Technology of IP Mobility Networks, Nokia 
Networks 1999 – 2001. Vice President, Radio Access 
Systems Research and General Manager of Nokia 
Networks in Korea, 1999. Head of Radio Access Systems 
Research, Nokia Networks 1998 – 1999, Principal Engi-
neer, Nokia Research Center, 1997 – 1998.

Chairman of Nokia Foundation. Vice Chairman of the 
Center for Wireless Communications, Oulu University. 
Member of the Board of Technomedicum Research 
Institute. Member of IST Advisory Group (ISTAG) for the 
European Commission. Member of the Board of the 
Foundation of Finnish Institute in Japan. Member of 
the Industrial Advisory Council of Center for TeleIn-
Frastruktur (CTIF), Aalborg University. Member of the 
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. 
(IEEE).

Richard A. Simonson, b. 1958
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Offi cer.
Group Executive Board member since 2004.
Joined Nokia 2001.

Bachelor of Science (Mining Eng.) (Colorado School of 
Mines), Master of Business Administration (Finance) 
(Wharton School of Business at University of Pennsyl-
vania). 

Vice President & Head of Customer Finance of Nokia 
Corporation 2001 – 2003, Managing Director of Telecom 
& Media Group of Barclays 2001, Head of Global 
Project Finance and other various positions at Bank of 
America Securities 1985 – 2001.

Member of the Board of Trustees of International 
House – New York.

Veli Sundbäck, b. 1946
Executive Vice President, Corporate Relations 
and Responsibility of Nokia Corporation.
Group Executive Board member since 1996.
Joined Nokia 1996.

LL.M. (University of Helsinki).

Executive Vice President, Corporate Relations and Trade 
Policy of Nokia Corporation 1996-. Secretary of State at 
the Ministry for Foreign Affairs 1993 – 1995, Under-Sec-
retary of State for External Economic Relations at the 
Ministry for Foreign Affairs 1990 – 1993.

Member of the Board of Directors of Finnair Oyj. 
Member of the Board and its executive committee, 
Confederation of Finnish Industries (EK), Vice Chairman 
of the Board, Technology Industries of Finland, Vice 
Chairman of the Board of the International Chamber of 
Commerce, Finnish Section, Chairman of the Board of 
the Finland-China Trade Association.

Anssi Vanjoki, b. 1956
Executive Vice President 
and General Manager of Multimedia.
Group Executive Board member since 1998.
Joined Nokia 1991.

Master of Science (Econ.) (Helsinki School of Economics 
and Business Administration).

Executive Vice President of Nokia Mobile Phones 
1998 – 2003, Senior Vice President, Europe and Africa of 
Nokia Mobile Phones 1994 – 1998, Vice President, Sales 
of Nokia Mobile Phones 1991 – 1994, 3M Corporation 
1980 – 1991.

Member of the Board of Directors of Amer Group Plc.

Dr. Kai Öistämö, b. 1964
Executive Vice President 
and General Manager of Mobile Phones.
Group Executive Board Member since Oct. 1, 2005.
Joined Nokia in 1991.

Doctor of Technology (Signal Processing), Master of Sci-
ence (Engineering) (Tampere University of Technology).

Senior Vice President, Business Line Management 
of Mobile Phones 2004 – 2005, Senior Vice President, 
Mobile Phones Business Unit of Nokia Mobile Phones 
2002 – 2003, Vice President, TDMA/GSM 1900 Product 
Line of Nokia Mobile Phones 1999 – 2002, Vice President, 
TDMA Product Line 1997 – 1999, various technical and 
managerial positions in Nokia Consumer Electronics 
and Nokia Mobile Phones 1991 – 1997.

Changes in the Nokia Group Executive Board
On February 15, 2006 the Group announced that Pertti Korhonen, Chief Technology Offi cer and Executive Vice 
President, Technology Platforms, and a member of the Group Executive Board will resign from the Group Executive 
Board as of April 1, 2006. He will also resign from Nokia. Niklas Savander has been appointed as Executive Vice 
President, Technology Platforms and a member of the Group Executive Board as of April  1, 2006.

Group Executive Board 

63

 
Board of Directors  January 1, 2006

Pursuant to the provisions of the Finnish Companies Act and our articles of association, the control and 

management of Nokia is divided among the shareholders at a general meeting, the Board of Directors and 

the Group Executive Board. The current members of the Board of Directors were elected at the Annual General 

Meeting on April 7, 2005, in accordance with the proposal of the Corporate Governance and Nomination 

Committee of the Board of Directors. On the same date, the Chairman and Vice Chairman were elected by the 

members of the Board of Directors. On August 1, 2005, we announced that the Board of Directors has released 

Jorma Ollila, Chairman and CEO, upon his request, from his duties as CEO effective June 1, 2006. The Corporate 

Governance and Nomination Committee of the Board of Directors will propose to the Annual General Meeting 

convening on March 30, 2006 that Jorma Ollila continues after June 1, 2006 as Non-Executive Chairman. 

The Committee has received Mr. Ollila’s confi rmation that he is available for this position.

Certain information with respect to the members of the Board of Directors is set forth below.

Georg Ehrnrooth, b. 1940
Board member since 2000.

Master of Science (Eng.) (Helsinki University of Tech-
nology).

President and CEO of Metra Corporation 1991 – 2000, 
President and CEO of Lohja Corporation 1979 – 1991. 
Holder of various executive positions at Wärtsilä-
Corporation within production and management 
1965 – 1979.

Chairman of the Board of Directors of Assa Abloy AB 
(publ) and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors 
of Rautaruukki Corporation, member of the Board of 
Directors of Oy Karl Fazer Ab, Sandvik AB (publ) and 
Sampo plc. Vice Chairman of the Boards of Directors 
of The Research Institute of the Finnish Economy ETLA 
and Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA.

Daniel R. Hesse, b. 1953
CEO of Sprint Communication, 
Local Telecommunications Division.
Board member since 2005.

A.B. (University of Notre Dame), M.B.A. (Cornell Univer-
sity), M.S. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology).

Chairman, President and CEO of Terabeam 
2000 – 2004, President and CEO of AT&T Wireless 
Services 1997 – 2000, Executive Vice President of AT&T 
1997 – 2000, General Manager for the AT&T Online Serv-
ices Group 1996, President and CEO of AT&T Network 
Systems International 1991 – 1995. Various manage-
rial positions in AT&T, including network operations, 
strategic planning and sales 1977 – 1991.

Member of the Board of Directors of VF Corporation. 
Member of the National Board of Governors of the 
Boys & Girls Clubs of America.

Dr. Bengt Holmström, b. 1949
Paul A. Samuelson Professor of Economics at MIT, 
joint appointment at the MIT Sloan School of Man-
agement.
Board member since 1999.

Bachelor of Science (Helsinki University), Master of 
Science (Stanford University), Doctor of Philosophy 
(Stanford University).

Edwin J. Beinecke Professor of Management Studies at 
Yale University 1985 – 1994.

Member of the Board of Directors of Kuusakoski Oy. 
Member of the American Academy of Arts and Sci-
ences and Foreign Member of The Royal Swedish 
Academy of Sciences.

Per Karlsson, b. 1955
Independent Corporate Advisor.
Board member since 2002.

Degree in Economics and Business Administration 
(Stockholm School of Economics).

Executive Director, with mergers and acquisitions 
advisory responsibilities, at Enskilda M&A, Enskilda 
Securities (London) 1986 – 1992. Corporate strategy 
consultant at the Boston Consulting Group (London) 
1979 – 1986.

Board member of IKANO Holdings S.A.

Edouard Michelin, b. 1963
Managing Partner and CEO of Michelin Group.
Board member since 2005.

Engineering graduate (Ecole Centrale de Paris)

Head of Michelin Manufacturing Facilities and Michelin 
Truck Business in North America 1990 – 1993, various 
managerial positions at Michelin, including research, 
manufacturing, marketing and sales 1988 – 1990.

Member of the World Business Council for Sustainable 
Development (WBCSD).

Chairman Jorma Ollila, b. 1950
Chairman and CEO
and Chairman of the Group Executive Board 
of Nokia Corporation.
Board member since 1995. Chairman since 1999.

Master of Political Science (University of Helsinki), 
Master of Science (Econ.) (London School of Econom-
ics), Master of Science (Eng.) (Helsinki University of 
Technology).

President and CEO, Chairman of the Group Executive 
Board of Nokia Corporation 1992 – 1999, President of 
Nokia Mobile Phones 1990 – 1992, Senior Vice Presi-
dent, Finance of Nokia 1986 – 1989. Holder of various 
managerial positions at Citibank within corporate 
banking 1978 – 1985. 

Member of the Board of Directors of Ford Motor Com-
pany, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of UPM-
Kymmene Corporation, Vice Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of Otava Books and Magazines Group Ltd. 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of Royal Dutch 
Shell Plc from June 1, 2006. Chairman of the Boards 
of Directors and the Supervisory Boards of Finnish 
Business and Policy Forum EVA and The Research 
Institute of the Finnish Economy ETLA. Chairman of 
The European Round Table of Industrialists.

Vice Chairman Paul J. Collins, b. 1936
Board member since 1998.
Vice Chairman since 2000.

BBA (University of Wisconsin), MBA (Harvard Business 
School).

Vice Chairman of Citigroup Inc. 1998 – 2000, Vice Chair-
man and member of the Board of Directors of Citicorp 
and Citibank N.A. 1988 – 2000. Holder of various execu-
tive positions at Citibank within investment manage-
ment, investment banking, corporate planning as well 
as fi nance and administration 1961 – 1988.

Member of the Board of Directors of BG Group and The 
Enstar Group, Inc. Member of the Supervisory Board of 
Actis Capital LLP.

64 

Nokia in 2005

Dame Marjorie Scardino, b. 1947
Chief Executive and member of 
the Board of Directors of Pearson plc.
Board member since 2001.

Proposal of the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee of the Board
On January 26, 2006, the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee announced its 

proposal to the Annual General Meeting convening on March 30, 2006 regarding the election of 

the members of the Board of Directors. The Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee 

BA (Baylor), JD (University of San Francisco). 

will propose to the Annual General Meeting that the number of Board members remains at ten, 

and that the following current Board members: Paul J. Collins, Georg Ehrnrooth, Daniel R. Hesse, 

Bengt Holmström, Per Karlsson, Edouard Michelin, Jorma Ollila, Marjorie Scardino and Vesa Vainio, 

be re-elected for a term of one year. Arne Wessberg, member of the Nokia Board since 2001, will 

not stand for re-election to the Board of Directors. In addition, the Committee proposes that Keijo 

Suila be elected as a new member of the Board of Directors for the next one-year term. Keijo Suila, 

60, acted as President and CEO of Finnair Oyj, the major Finnish aviation company, from 1999 until 

his retirement in 2005. Prior to this, Mr. Suila held various senior executive positions, including 

Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President, at Huhtamäki Oy, Leaf Group and Leaf Europe during 

1985 – 1998.

Chief Executive of The Economist Group 1993 – 1997, 
President of the North American Operations of The 
Economist Group 1985 – 1993, lawyer 1976 – 1985 
and publisher of The Georgia Gazette newspaper 
1978 – 1985.

Vesa Vainio, b. 1942
Board member since 1993.

LL.M. (University of Helsinki).

Chairman 1998 – 1999 and 2000 – 2002 and Vice 
Chairman 1999 – 2000 of the Board of Directors of 
Nordea  AB (publ). Chairman of the Executive Board 
and CEO of Merita Bank Ltd and CEO of Merita Ltd 
1992 – 1997. President of Kymmene Corporation 
1991 – 1992. Holder of various other executive posi-
tions in Finnish industry 1972 – 1991.

Chairman of the Board of Directors of UPM-Kymmene 
Corporation.

Arne Wessberg, b. 1943
President of the European 
Broadcasting Union (EBU).
Board member since 2001.

Studies in economics in the University of Tampere 
1963 – 1966.

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief 
Executive Offi cer of Yleisradio Oy (Finnish Broad-
casting Company) 1994 – 2005, Director of TV 1 and 
TV 2 1980 – 1994, reporter and editor 1971 – 1976 of 
Yleisradio Oy.

Chairman of the Board of Eurosport Consortium 
1998 – 2000, member 1989 – 1997. President of the 
International Institute of Communications, member 
of the Board of Directors of the International Acad-
emy of Television Arts & Sciences and member of the 
Trilateral Commission (Europe). Member of the Board 
of Arcada Polytechnic.

Group Executive Board 

65

 
Risk factors

March 2, 2006

Set forth below is a description of factors that may 
affect our business, results of operations and share 
price from time to time.

» 

Our sales and profi tability depend on the con-
tinued growth of the mobile communications 
industry as well as the growth and profi tability 
of the new market segments within that industry 
which we target. If the mobile communications 
industry does not grow as we expect, or if the 
new market segments which we target grow less 
or are less profi table than expected, or if new 
faster growing market segments emerge in which 
we have not invested, our sales and profi tability 
may be materially adversely affected.

» 

» 

»  We need to understand the different markets 

in which we operate, and meet the needs of 
our customers, which include mobile network 
operators, distributors, independent retailers, 
corporate customers and end-users. We need to 
have a competitive product portfolio and to work 
together with our operator customers to address 
their needs. Our failure to identify key market 
trends and to respond timely and successfully to 
the needs of our customers may have a material 
adverse impact on our market share, business 
and results of operations.

»  We must develop or otherwise acquire complex, 
evolving technologies to use in our business. 
If we fail to develop or otherwise acquire these 
complex technologies as required by the market, 
with full rights needed to use in our business, 
or to successfully commercialize such technolo-
gies as new advanced products and solutions 
that meet customer demand, or fail to do so on 
a timely basis, this may have a material adverse 
effect on our business, our ability to meet our 
targets and our results of operations.

» 

Our results of operations, particularly our profi t-
ability, may be materially adversely affected if we 
do not successfully manage price erosion and are 
not able to manage costs related to our products 
and operations.

66 

Nokia in 2005

Competition in our industry is intense. Our failure 
to maintain or improve our market position and 
respond successfully to changes in the com-
petitive landscape may have a material adverse 
impact on our business and results of operations.

» 

Our sales and results of operations could be ma-
terially adversely affected if we fail to effi ciently 
manage our manufacturing and logistics without 
interruption, or fail to ensure that our products 
and solutions meet our and our customers’ qual-
ity, safety, security and other requirements and 
are delivered on time.

»  We depend on a limited number of suppliers for 
the timely delivery of components and for their 
compliance with our supplier requirements, such 
as our and our customers’ product quality, safety, 
security and other standards. Their failure to do 
so could materially adversely affect our ability to 
deliver our products and solutions successfully 
and on time.

»  We are developing a number of our new products 
and solutions together with other companies. 
If any of these companies were to fail to perform, 
we may not be able to bring our products and so-
lutions to market successfully or in a timely way 
and this could have a material adverse impact on 
our sales and profi tability.

» 

Our operations rely on complex and highly 
centralized information technology systems and 
networks. If any system or network disruption oc-
curs, this reliance could have a material adverse 
impact on our operations, sales and operating 
results.

» 

» 

» 

Our products and solutions include increasingly 
complex technology involving numerous new 
Nokia patented and other proprietary technolo-
gies, as well as some developed or licensed to 
us by certain third parties. As a consequence, 
evaluating the rights related to the technologies 
we use or intend to use is more and more chal-
lenging, and we expect increasingly to face claims 
that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual 
property rights. The use of increasingly complex 
technology may also result in increased licensing 
costs for us, restrictions on our ability to use 
certain technologies in our products and solution 
offerings, and/or costly and time-consuming liti-
gation. Third parties may also commence actions 
seeking to establish the invalidity of intellectual 
property rights on which we depend.

The global networks business relies on a limited 
number of customers and large multi-year 
contracts. Unfavorable developments under such 
a contract or in relation to a major customer may 
adversely and materially affect our sales, our 
results of operations and cash fl ow.

Our sales derived from, and assets located in, 
emerging market countries may be materially 
adversely affected by economic, regulatory and 
political developments in those countries or by 
other countries imposing regulations against 
imports to such countries. As sales from these 
countries represent a signifi cant portion of our 
total sales, economic or political turmoil in these 
countries could adversely affect our sales and 
results of operations. Our investments in emerg-
ing market countries may also be subject to other 
risks and uncertainties.

Our sales, costs and results are affected by 
exchange rate fl uctuations, particularly between 
the euro, which is our reporting currency, and the 
US dollar, the Chinese yuan, the UK pound sterling 
and the Japanese yen, as well as certain other 
currencies.

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

Customer fi nancing to network operators can be 
a competitive requirement and could adversely 
and materially affect our sales, results of opera-
tions, balance sheet and cash fl ow.

Allegations of health risks from the electromag-
netic fi elds generated by base stations and mo-
bile devices, and the lawsuits and publicity relat-
ing to them, regardless of merit, could negatively 
affect our operations by leading consumers to 
reduce their use of mobile devices or by causing 
us to allocate monetary and personnel resources 
to these issues.

An unfavorable outcome of litigation could mate-
rially impact our business, fi nancial condition or 
results of operations.

If we are unable to recruit, retain and develop 
appropriately skilled employees, our ability to 
implement our strategies may be hampered and, 
consequently, our results of operations may be 
materially harmed.

Changes in various types of regulation in coun-
tries around the world could have a material 
adverse effect on our business.

Our share price may be volatile in response to 
conditions in the global securities markets gener-
ally and in the communications and technology 
sectors in particular.

We fi le an annual report on Form 20-F with the US 
Securities and Exchange Commission, which report 
also includes a description of risk factors that may 
affect us. Nokia fi led its Form 20-F annual report for 
the year ended December 31, 2005 on March 2, 2006. 
For further information please refer to our Form 20-F 
annual report.

Risk factors

Risk factors  

67

 
Corporate governance

Pursuant to the provisions of the Finnish Companies 
Act and our articles of association, the control and 
management of Nokia is divided among the share-
holders in a general meeting, the Board of Directors 
and the Group Executive Board. Our articles of associa-
tion provide for a Group Executive Board, which is 
responsible for the operative management of Nokia. 
The Chairman and the members of the Group Execu-
tive Board are elected by the Board of Directors. Only 
the Chairman of the Group Executive Board can be a 
member of both the Board of Directors and the Group 
Executive Board.

The Board of Directors
The operations of the company are managed under 
the direction of the Board of Directors, within the 
framework set by the Finnish Companies Act and 
our articles of association and the complementary 
Corporate Governance Guidelines and related charters 
as adopted by the Board.

The responsibilities of the Board of Directors
The Board represents and is accountable to the share-
holders of the company. The Board’s responsibilities 
are active and not passive and include the responsibil-
ity to regularly evaluate the strategic direction of the 
company, management policies and the effectiveness 
with which management implements its policies. The 
Board’s responsibilities further include overseeing 
the structure and composition of the company’s top 
management and monitoring legal compliance and 
the management of risks related to the company’s 
operations. In doing so the Board may set out annual 
ranges and/or individual limits for capital expendi-
tures, investments and divestitures and fi nancial com-
mitments not to be exceeded without Board approval.
The Board has the responsibility for appointing 
and discharging the Chief Executive Offi cer and the 
President and the other members of the Group Execu-
tive Board. Subject to the requirements of Finnish law, 
the independent directors of the Board will confi rm 
the compensation and the employment conditions of 
the Chief Executive Offi cer and the President upon the 
recommendation of the Personnel Committee. The 
compensation and employment conditions of the other 

members of the Group Executive Board are approved by 
the Personnel Committee.

The basic responsibility of the members of the 
Board is to act in good faith and with due care so as to 
exercise their business judgment on an informed basis 
in what they reasonably and honestly believe to be 
the best interests of the company and its sharehold-
ers. In discharging that obligation, the directors must 
inform themselves of all relevant information reason-
ably available to them.

Election, composition and meetings 
of the Board of Directors
Pursuant to the articles of association, Nokia Corpora-
tion has a Board of Directors composed of a minimum 
of seven and a maximum of ten members. The 
members of the Board are elected for a term of one 
year at each Annual General Meeting, which convenes 
each March, April or May. Since the Annual General 
Meeting held on April 7, 2005, the Board has consisted 
of ten members. Nokia’s CEO, Jorma Ollila, also serves 
as the Chairman of the Board. The other members of 
the Board are all non-executive and independent as 
defi ned under Finnish rules and regulations. In Janu-
ary 2006, the Board determined that eight members 
of the Board are independent, as defi ned in the New 
York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance listing 
standards, as amended in November 2004. In addition 
to the Chairman, Bengt Holmström was determined 
to be non-independent due to a family relation-
ship with an executive offi cer of a Nokia supplier of 
whose consolidated gross revenues Nokia accounts 
for an amount that exceeds the limit provided in the 
NYSE listing standards, but that is less than 10 %. The 
Board convened thirteen times during 2005, fi ve of 
the meetings were held by using technical equipment 
and the average ratio of attendance at the meetings 
was 98 %. The non-executive directors meet without 
executive directors twice a year, or more often as they 
deem appropriate. Such sessions are presided over by 
the Vice Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the 
most senior non-executive member of the Board. In 
addition, the independent directors meet separately 
at least once annually. The Board and each committee 
also has the power to hire independent legal, fi nancial 
or other advisors as it deems necessary.

The Board elects a Chairman and a Vice Chairman 

from among its members for one term at a time. 
On April 7, 2005 the Board resolved that Jorma Ollila 
should continue to act as Chairman and that Paul J. 
Collins should continue to act as Vice Chairman. The 
Board also appoints the members and the chairmen 
for its committees from among its non-executive, 
independent members for one term at a time.

Under Finnish law, if the roles of the Chairman 

and the Chief Executive Offi cer are combined, the 
company must have a President. The responsibilities 
of the President are defi ned in the Finnish Companies 
Act and other relevant legislation along with any 
additional guidance and instructions given from time 
to time by the Board and the Chief Executive Offi cer. 
The responsibilities of the Chief Executive Offi cer are 
determined by the Board.

The Board conducts annual performance self-
evaluations, which also include evaluations of the 
committees’ work, the results of which are discussed 
by the Board. The Corporate Governance Guidelines 
concerning the directors’ responsibilities, the compo-
sition and selection of the Board, Board committees 
and certain other matters relating to corporate gover-
nance are available on our website, www.nokia.com.

Committees of the Board of Directors
The Audit Committee consists of a minimum of three 
members of the Board, who meet all applicable inde-
pendence, fi nancial literacy and other requirements 
of Finnish law and the rules of the stock exchanges 
where Nokia shares are listed, including the Helsinki 
Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. 
Since April 7, 2005, the Committee has consisted of the 
following four members of the Board: Per Karlsson 
(Chairman), Georg Ehrnrooth, Vesa Vainio and Arne 
Wessberg. The Board of Directors has determined that 
Per Karlsson is an ”audit committee fi nancial expert” 
within the meaning of the US federal securities laws.
The Audit Committee is established by the 
Board primarily for the purpose of overseeing the 
accounting and fi nancial reporting processes of the 
company and audits of the fi nancial statements of the 
company. The Committee is responsible for assisting 
the Board’s oversight of (1) the quality and integrity 
of the company’s fi nancial statements and related 

68 

Nokia in 2005

Corporate governance

Management and corporate governance 
practices
We have a company Code of Conduct which is equally 
applicable to all of our employees, directors and man-
agement and is accessible at our website, www.nokia.
com. As well, we have a Code of Ethics for the Principal 
Executive Offi cers and the Senior Financial Offi cers. 
For more information about our Code of Ethics, please 
see www.nokia.com.

Nokia’s corporate  governance practices comply 
with the Corporate Governance Recommendation for 
Listed Companies approved by the Helsinki Exchanges 
in December 2003, effective as of July 1, 2004. The 
Recommendation recommends a company to describe 
the manner in which the internal audit function of the 
company is organized. As Nokia has comprehensive 
risk management and internal control processes in 
place, there is no separate internal audit function at 
Nokia.

Corporate governance 

69

disclosure, (2) the external auditor’s qualifi cations and 
independence, (3) the performance of the external 
auditor subject to the requirements of Finnish law, 
(4)  the performance of the company’s internal controls 
and risk management and assurance function, and 
(5)  the company’s compliance with legal and regula-
tory requirements. The Committee also maintains 
procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment 
of complaints received by the company regarding 
accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters 
and for the confi dential, anonymous submission by 
employees of the company of concerns regarding 
accounting or auditing matters. Under Finnish law, 
our external auditor is elected by our shareholders at 
the Annual General Meeting. The Committee makes a 
recommendation to the shareholders in respect of the 
appointment of the external auditor based upon its 
evaluation of the qualifi cations and independence of 
the auditor to be proposed for election or re-election. 
The Committee meets at least four times per year 
based upon a schedule established at the fi rst meet-
ing following the appointment of the Committee. The 
Committee meets separately with the representatives 
of Nokia’s management and the external auditor at 
least twice a year. The Audit Committee convened fi ve 
times in 2005.

The Personnel Committee consists of a minimum of 
three members of the Board, who meet all applicable 
independence requirements of Finnish law and the 
rules of the stock exchanges where Nokia shares are 
listed, including the Helsinki Stock Exchange and 
the New York Stock Exchange. Since April 7, 2005, the 
Personnel Committee has consisted of the following 
four members of the Board: Paul J. Collins (Chairman), 
Daniel R. Hesse, Marjorie Scardino and Vesa Vainio.
The primary purpose of the Personnel Commit-

tee is to oversee the personnel policies and practices 
of the company. It assists the Board in discharging 
its responsibilities relating to all compensation, 
including equity compensation, of the company’s 
executives and the terms of employment of the same. 
The Committee has overall responsibility for evaluat-
ing, resolving and making recommendations to the 
Board regarding (1) compensation of the company’s 
top executives and their employment conditions, (2) 

all equity-based plans, (3) incentive compensation 
plans, policies and programs of the company affecting 
executives, and (4) other signifi cant incentive plans. 
The Committee is responsible for ensuring the above 
compensation programs are performance-based, 
properly motivate management, support overall cor-
porate strategies and are aligned with shareholders’ 
interests. The Committee is responsible for the review 
of senior management development and succession 
plans. The Personnel Committee convened three times 
in 2005.

The Corporate Governance and Nomination Com-
mittee consists of three to fi ve members of the Board, 
who meet all applicable independence requirements 
of Finnish law and the rules of the stock exchanges 
where Nokia shares are listed, including the Helsinki 
Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. 
Since April 7, 2005, the Corporate Governance and 
Nomination Committee has consisted of the following 
three members of the Board: Marjorie Scardino (Chair-
man), Paul J. Collins and Vesa Vainio.

The Corporate Governance and Nomination 
Committee’s purpose is (1) to prepare the proposals 
for the general meetings in respect of the composition 
of the Board along with the director remuneration to 
be approved by the shareholders, and (2) to monitor 
issues and practices related to corporate governance 
and to propose necessary actions in respect thereof.
The Committee fulfi lls its responsibilities by (i) 
actively identifying individuals qualifi ed to become 
members of the Board, (ii) recommending to the 
shareholders the director nominees for election at the 
Annual General Meetings, (iii) monitoring signifi cant 
developments in the law and practice of corporate 
governance and of the duties and responsibilities of 
directors of public companies, (iv) assisting the Board 
and each committee of the Board in its annual perfor-
mance self-evaluations, including establishing criteria 
to be used in connection with such evaluations, and 
(v) developing and recommending to the Board and 
administering the Corporate Governance Guidelines of 
the company. The Corporate Governance and Nomina-
tion Committee convened three times in 2005.

The charters of each of the committees are avail-

able on our website, www.nokia.com.

 
Corporate governance

Compensation of the members of the Board 
of Directors and the Group Executive Board

Board of Directors
For the year ended December 31, 2005, the aggregate compensation of the nine 
non-executive members of the Board of Directors was approximately EUR 1 097  500. 
Non-executive members of the Board of Directors do not receive stock options 
or other variable compensation. The remuneration for members of our Board of 
Directors for each term expiring at the close of the next Annual General Meeting 
is resolved annually by our Annual General Meeting, after being proposed by the 
Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee of our Board.

The following table depicts the total annual remuneration paid to the members 

of our Board of Directors, as resolved by the Annual General Meetings in the respec-
tive years. Since the fi scal year 1999, approximately 60 % of each Board member’s 
annual fee has been paid in cash, with the balance in Nokia Corporation shares 
acquired from the market.

Compensation of the Board of Directors 2003 – 2005

Chairman 

Vice Chairman 

Other Members

Gross 
annual fee 
EUR 

Shares 
received 1 

Gross 
annual fee 
EUR 

Shares 
received 1 

Gross 

Shares

annual fee  received 1

EUR 

Additional annual fees

150 000 

4 032 

125 000 2 

3 360 

100 000 

2 688 

Year 

2003 

2004 

150 000 

4 834 

125 000 2 

4 028 

100 000 3 

3 223 

2005 

165 000 

5 011 

137 500 4 

4 175 

110 000 5, 6 

3 340 

Chairman of the Audit Committee  
and Personnel Committee, each EUR 25 000

Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and Personnel Committee, each EUR 25 000

Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and Personnel Committee, each EUR 25 000;
Each other member of the Audit Committee, EUR 10 000

1 

2 

3 

As part of the gross annual fee for that year.

The 2003 and 2004 fees of Paul Collins amounted to totals of EUR 150 000 per year, consisting of a 
fee of EUR 125 000 for services as Vice Chairman of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chair-
man of the Personnel Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Collins has received a total 
of 4 032 Nokia shares in 2003, and 4 834 Nokia shares in 2004.

The 2004 fee of Per Karlsson amounted to a total of EUR 125 000, consisting of a fee of EUR 100 000 
for services as member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit Commit-
tee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Karlsson has received a total of 4 029 Nokia shares.

4 

5 

6 

The 2005 fee of Paul Collins amounts to a total of EUR 162 500, consisting of a fee of EUR 137 500 
for services as Vice Chairman of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Personnel 
Committee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Collins has received a total of 4 935 Nokia shares.

The 2005 fee of Per Karlsson amounts to a total of EUR 135 000, consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 
for services as member of the Board and EUR 25 000 for services as Chairman of the Audit Commit-
tee. As part of the total remuneration, Mr. Karlsson has received a total of 4 100 Nokia shares.

The 2005 fee of each of Georg Ehrnrooth, Vesa Vainio and Arne Wessberg amounts to a total of EUR 
120 000 consisting of a fee of EUR 110 000 for services as a member of the Board and EUR 10 000 for 
services as a member of the Audit Committee. As part of the total remuneration, each of them has 
received a total of 3 644 Nokia shares.

Proposal of the Corporate Governance 
and Nomination Committee of the Board
On February 13, 2006, the Nokia Board Corporate Governance and Nomination 
Committee announced its proposal to the Annual General Meeting on March 30, 2006 
that the annual fee payable to members of the Board of Directors to be elected at 
the Annual General Meeting for the term expiring at the close of the Annual General 
Meeting in 2007 be as follows: EUR 375 000 for Chairman, EUR 137 500 for Vice Chair-
man, and EUR 110 000 for each member. In addition, the Committee will propose 
that Chairman of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Personnel Committee 
will each receive an additional annual fee of EUR 25 000, and each member of the 
Audit Committee an additional annual fee of EUR 10 000. Further, the Corporate 
Governance and Nomination Committee proposes that approximately 40 % of the 
remuneration be paid in Nokia Corporation shares purchased from the market, in 
accordance with the practice since 1999.

As background to the proposal, the Nokia Board Corporate Governance and 
Nomination Committee notes that the proposed remuneration is on the same level 
than the remuneration approved by the Annual General Meeting in 2005, except for 

the remuneration payable to the Chairman of the Board. The Committee proposes 
that Jorma Ollila continues after June 1, 2006 as a Non-Executive Chairman of the 
Nokia Board of Directors, and the Committee has received Mr. Ollila’s confi rmation 
that he is available for this position. As from June 1, 2006, Mr. Ollila will no longer 
be a Nokia employee and his service contract will terminate as of that date without 
any severance or other payments by Nokia. Thereafter, he will no longer be eligible 
for incentives, bonuses, stock options or other equity grants from Nokia. He will be 
entitled to retain all vested and unvested stock options and other equity compensa-
tion granted to him prior to June 1, 2006. Further, following his current contract, he 
will not be eligible to receive any additional retirement benefi ts from Nokia after 
June 1, 2006. In addition to the proposed annual remuneration as the Chairman of 
the Board of Directors he will be entitled to secretarial and offi ce services as well 
as reimbursement of reasonable expenses directly related to his duties as the Non-
Executive Chairman of Nokia Board of Directors.

70 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Group Executive Board
At December 31, 2005, Nokia had a Group Executive Board consisting of 12 members. 
Of the Group Executive Board members, Sari Baldauf and J.T. Bergqvist ceased 
employment with us and resigned as members of the Group Executive Board with 
effect from January 31, 2005. Pekka Ala-Pietilä and Yrjö Neuvo resigned as members 
of the Group Executive Board with effect from October 1, 2005, and their employ-
ment ceased with us on December 31, 2005 for Dr. Neuvo, and January 31, 2006 for 
Mr. Ala-Pietilä.

The following persons were appointed as new members to the Group Executive 
Board effective in 2005: Tero Ojanperä was appointed a member effective January 1, 
2005, Simon Beresford-Wylie from February 1, 2005, Robert Andersson and Kai 
Öistämö were appointed members with effect from October 1, 2005.

The following tables summarize the aggregate cash compensation paid and 
the long-term equity-based incentives granted to the members of the Group Execu-
tive Board, including Jorma Ollila, Chairman and CEO, for the year 2005. It also shows 
the long-term equity-based incentives granted in the aggregate under our equity 
plans in 2005.

During 2005, there were no gains realized upon exercise of stock options to 

report, nor were any share-based incentive grants settled for the members of the 
Group Executive Board.

Cash compensation to the Group Executive Board for 2005

Year 

2005 

Number of 
members 
Dec. 31, 
  2005 

Base  
salaries 
EUR 

Cash
incentive
payments 1, 2

EUR

12 

6 153 422 3 

8 531 180 3

1 

2 

3 

Includes payments pursuant to cash incentive arrangements for the 2005 calendar year. The cash 
incentives are paid as a percentage of annual base salary based on Nokia’s short-term cash incen-
tive plan.

Excluding any gains realized upon exercise of stock options.

Includes base pay and bonuses to Sari Baldauf and J.T. Bergqvist for the period until January 31, 
2005, and to Pekka Ala-Pietilä and Yrjö Neuvo until September 30, 2005. The new members entering 
the Group Executive Board, in 2005, Simon Beresford-Wylie, Kai Öistämö and Robert Andersson, 
are included for the period of their service in 2005. Tero Ojanperä joined the Group Executive Board 
effective January 1, 2005, so his cash compensation is fully included.

Long-term equity-based incentives granted in 2005 1

Performance shares at threshold 2 (number) 

Stock options (number) 

Restricted shares (number) 

Group 
Executive Board 

Other 
employees 

241 000 

1 121 000 

508 000 

4 228 000 

7 431 000 

2 509 000 

Total 

4 469 000 

8 552 000 

3 017 000 

Total number
of participants

12 600

4 200

300

1 

2 

The equity-based incentive grants are generally forfeited, if the employment relationship termi-
nates with Nokia, and they are conditional upon such performance and other conditions, as deter-
mined in the relevant plan rules. For a description of our equity plans, see Note 24 “Share-based 
payments” to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 25.

At maximum performance, the settlement amounts to four times the number of performance shares 
originally granted (at threshold).

Corporate governance 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Summary Compensation Table 2005

The annual compensation of our fi ve most highly paid executive offi cers for 2005 is 
detailed in the following table. The sums include cash incentive payments awarded 
for the fi scal year 2005 although they will be partially paid in 2006.

Name and principal position  
in 2005 

Jorma Ollila, Chairman and CEO 

Pekka Ala-Pietilä 7 

Until October 1, 2005, President of Nokia   

Corporation and Head of Customer and Market Operations  

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo

As of October 1, 2005, President and COO  

Until September 30, 2005, EVP and General Manager of Mobile Phones  

Cash compensation 

Base 
salary 
EUR 

1 500 000 

1 475 238 

1 400 000 

717 000 

717 000 

711 279 

623 524 

584 000 

575 083 

Year 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2005 

2004 

2003 

Cash 
incentive 
payments 2 

EUR 

3 212 037 

1 936 221 

2 253 192 

946 332 

479 509 

520 143 

947 742 

454 150 

505 724 

Anssi Vanjoki

EVP and General Manager of Multimedia 

2005 

476 000 

718 896 

Richard Simonson

EVP, Chief Financial Offi cer   

2005 

461 526 

634 516 

Other 
annual 
compensation 
EUR 

All other 
compensation 
EUR 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

165 000 6  

150 000 

150 000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

358 786 8 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

* 

The equity-based incentive grants are generally forfeited, if the employment relationship 
terminates with Nokia, and they are conditional upon such performance and other conditions, 
as determined in the relevant plan rules. For a description of our equity plans, see Note 24 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements “Share-based payment” on page 25.

Cash incentive payments are based on the performance of the Group and the individual for the fiscal 
year 2005, and were paid under Nokia’s short-term incentive plan.

For the performance share plans 2004 and 2005, the number of performance shares at threshold 
represents the number of performance shares granted. This number shall vest as shares, should the 
pre-determined threshold performance levels of the company be met. The maximum number of 
performance shares shall vest as shares, should the predetermined maximum performance levels be 
met. The maximum number of performance shares equals four times the number originally granted.

The fair value of performance shares equals the estimated fair value on the grant date. The 
estimated fair value is based on the grant date market price of the company’s share less expected 
dividends. The value is presented for the target number of shares which is two times the number at 
threshold. The target number is used for expensing the instruments in the company’s accounting.

The fair values of stock options and restricted shares equal the estimated fair value on the grant 
date. For stock options it is calculated using the Black Scholes model. For restricted shares it is based 
on the grant date market price of the company’s share less expected dividends.

The amount includes EUR 165 000 for his services as Chairman of the Board, of which EUR 99 005 was 
paid in cash and the balance paid in 5 011 Nokia shares.

Pekka Ala-Pietilä served as the President of the company and member of the Group Executive Board 
until he resigned from these positions effective October 1, 2005. As of this date Mr. Ala-Pietilä held 
the role of Executive Advisor until January 31, 2006, when he ceased employment with us. For 2006, 
based on these advisory services, Mr. Ala-Pietilä received a total payment of EUR 101 717. Based on 
the service contract, Mr. Ala-Pietilä is entitled to receive a payment of EUR 956 000 in 2006 for his 
commitments during 2006.

The amount includes EUR 9 646 company contribution to 401(k), EUR 4 816 company contribution to 
Restoration and Deferral Plan and EUR 344 324 provided as benefits under Nokia relocation policy.

Each executive listed received benefits and perquisites in 2005 not exceeding the lesser of 
EUR 50 000 or 10% of the executives total compensation.

72 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Long-term equity-based incentives granted 1

Performance 
shares at 
threshold 3 
number 

Performance 
shares at 
maximum 3 
number 

100 000 

100 000 

– 

15 000 

20 000 

– 

15 000 

15 000 

– 

400 000 

400 000 

– 

60 000 

80 000 

– 

60 000 

60 000 

– 

Fair 
value 
at grant 4 

EUR 

2 370 000 

2 116 000 

– 

355 500 

423 200 

– 

355 500 

317 400 

– 

Stock 
options 
number 

400 000 

400 000 

800 000 

60 000 

80 000 

170 000 

160 000 

60 000 

120 000 

Fair 
value 
at grant 5 

EUR 

982 675 

1 035 775 

2 773 442 

147 401 

207 155 

589 356 

407 197 

155 366 

416 016 

Restricted 
shares 
number 

100 000 

100 000 

– 

35 000 

35 000 

– 

70 000 

35 000 

– 

Fair
value
at grant 5

EUR

1 205 000

1 570 000

–

421 750

549 500

–

932 050

549 500

–

15 000 

60 000 

355 500 

60 000 

147 401 

35 000 

421 750

15 000 

60 000 

355 500 

60 000 

147 401 

35 000 

421 750

Corporate governance 

73

 
 
 
Corporate governance

Pension arrangements for the members 
of the Group Executive Board
The members the Group Executive Board in 2005 par-
ticipate in the local retirement programs applicable 
to employees in the country where they reside. Execu-
tives in Finland participate in the Finnish TEL pension 
system, which provides for a retirement benefi t 
based on years of service and earnings according to 
the prescribed statutory system. Under the Finnish 
TEL pension system, base pay, incentives and other 
taxable fringe benefi ts are included in the defi nition 
of earnings, although gains realized from equity are 
not. The Finnish TEL pension scheme provides for early 
retirement benefi ts at age 62. Standard retirement 
benefi ts are available from ages 63 through 68, ac-
cording to an increasing scale.

Executives in the United States participate in 
Nokia’s Retirement Savings and Investment Plan. 
Under this 401(k) plan, participants elect to make vol-
untary pre-tax contributions that are 100 % matched 
by the company up to 6 % of eligible earnings. The 
company makes an additional annual discretionary 
contribution of up to 2 % of eligible earnings. In addi-
tion for participants earning in excess of the eligible 
earning limit, the company offers an additional Resto-
ration and Deferral Plan. This plan allows employees 
to defer up to 50 % of their salary and 100 % of their 
bonus into a non-qualifi ed plan. The company also 
makes an annual discretionary contribution to this 
non-qualifi ed plan of up to 2 % of the earnings above 
401(k) eligibility limits.

Simon Beresford-Wylie participates in the Nokia 

International Employee Benefi t Plan (NIEBP). The NIEBP 
is a defi ned contribution retirement arrangement 
provided to some Nokia employees on international 
assignments. The contributions to NIEBP are funded 
two-thirds by Nokia and one-third by the employee. 
Because Mr. Beresford-Wylie also participates in the 
Finnish TEL system, the company contribution to NIEBP 
is 1.3 % of annual earnings.

Jorma Ollila and Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo can as part 

of their service contract retire at the age of 60 with 
full retirement benefi t, should they be employed by 
Nokia at the time. The full retirement benefi t is cal-
culated as if the executive had continued his service 
with Nokia through the statutory retirement age of 65. 

Mr. Ollila’s service contract will terminate as of June 
1, 2006. Following the current contract, he will not be 
eligible to receive any additional retirement benefi ts 
from Nokia after that date. Pekka Ala-Pietilä had an 
equal retirement arrangement during his employ-
ment at Nokia and he will not receive any additional 
retirement benefi ts from Nokia after termination of 
employment.

Hallstein Moerk, following his arrangement with 
a previous employer, has a retirement benefi t of 65 % 
of his pensionable salary beginning at the age of 
62. Early retirement is possible at the age of 55 with 
reductions in benefi ts.

Service Contract of the Chairman and CEO, of the 
President and COO, and of the former President
We have a service contract with each of Jorma Ollila 
and Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo.

Jorma Ollila’s contract covers his current position 

as Chairman and CEO, and Chairman of the Group 
Executive Board. Mr. Ollila’s employment will come to 
an end on June 1, 2006 based on his request as a result 
of which the Board of Directors has released him from 
his duties as CEO and Chairman of the Group Executive 
Board from that date. As of June 1, 2006, his service 
contract will terminate without any severance or 
other payments by Nokia. Thereafter, he will no longer 
be eligible for incentives, bonuses, stock options or 
other equity grants from Nokia. He will be entitled to 
retain all vested and unvested stock options and other 
equity compensation granted to him prior to June 1, 
2006. Further, following his current contract, he will 
not be eligible to receive any additional retirement 
benefi ts from Nokia.

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo’s contract covers his current 
position as President and COO, and his future position 
as President and CEO, and Chairman of the Group 
Executive Board, as from June 1, 2006. Mr. Kallasvuo’s 
annual total gross base salary, which is subject 
to an annual review by the Board of Directors, is 
EUR  750  000 starting from October 1, 2005, and will be 
EUR  1  000  000 from June 1, 2006. His incentive targets 
under the Nokia short-term incentive plan are 125 % 
starting from October 1, 2005 and will be 150 % from 
June 1, 2006. In case of termination by Nokia for rea-
sons other than cause, including a change of control, 

Mr. Kallasvuo is entitled to a severance payment of 
up to 18 months of compensation (both annual total 
gross base salary and target incentive). In case of 
termination by Mr. Kallasvuo, the notice period is 6 
months and he is entitled to a payment for such notice 
period (both annual total gross base salary and target 
incentive for 6 months). Mr. Kallasvuo is subject to a 
12-month non-competition obligation after termina-
tion of the contract. Unless the contract is terminated 
for cause, Mr. Kallasvuo may be entitled to compensa-
tion during the non-competition period or a part of it. 
Such compensation amounts to the annual total gross 
base salary and target incentive for the respective 
period during which no severance payment is paid. 
Mr. Kallasvuo is entitled to a full statutory pension 
from the date he turns 60 years of age, instead of the 
statutory age of 65.

During 2005, we also had a service contract with 

Pekka Ala-Pietilä, who acted as President until Octo-
ber 1, 2005. Thereafter he acted as Executive Advisor 
until termination of employment on January 31, 2006. 
Mr. Ala-Pietilä’s contract had provisions for severance 
payments for up to 18 months of compensation (both 
base compensation and bonus) in the event of termina-
tion of employment for reasons other than cause. For 
compensation paid to Mr. Ala-Pietilä pursuant to his ser-
vice contract, which has been terminated, see page 72.

Equity-based 
compensation programs
General
Nokia has today three global stock option plans 
outstanding, two performance share plans and three 
restricted share plans. After using broad-based em-
ployee stock option plans since 1997, we introduced in 
2004 performance shares as the main element to our 
broad-based equity compensation program, to further 
emphasize the performance element in employees’ 
long-term incentives. As part of this change, the num-
ber of stock options granted has been signifi cantly 
reduced since then. From 2003 we have also granted 
restricted shares to very few selected employees each 
year.

The broad-based equity compensation program 
in 2005, approved by the Board of Directors, followed 
the same structure adopted in 2004. The target group 

74 

Nokia in 2005

Corporate governance

for the 2005 equity-based incentive program contin-
ued to be broad with a wide number of employees in 
many levels of the organization eligible to participate. 
The rationale for using a combination of both per-
formance shares and stock options for employees in 
higher job grades is to build an optimal and balanced 
combination of equity-based incentives. The program 
aligns the potential value received by participants 
directly with the performance of the company.

The equity-based incentive grants are conditional 

upon continued employment with Nokia, as well as 
the fulfi llment of the performance related and other 
conditions, as determined in the relevant plan rules.
The aggregate number of participants in all of 
our equity-based programs in 2005 was approximate-
ly 34 000, which is similar as to the number in 2004.
For a more detailed description of all of our 
equity-based incentive plans, see Note 24 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements “Share-based pay-
ment” on page 25.

Performance Shares
We have granted performance shares under the 2004 
and 2005 plans, which have been approved by the 
Board of Directors. The performance shares represent 
a commitment by the company to deliver Nokia shares 
to employees at a future point in time, subject to the 
company’s fulfi llment of pre-defi ned performance 
criteria. No performance shares will vest unless the 
company performance reaches at least one of the 
threshold levels measured by two independent, pre-
defi ned performance criteria: the company’s average 
annual net sales growth and earnings per share 
(“EPS”) growth (basic) for the four year performance 
period of the plan. For the 2004 plan the performance 
period consists of the fi scal years 2004 through 2007, 
with an interim payout possible after 2005, and for 
the 2005 plan the years 2005 through 2008, with an 
interim payout possible after 2006.

For both the 2004 and 2005 plans, if the required 

performance level is achieved, the fi rst payout will 
take place after a two-year interim measurement pe-
riod. The second and fi nal payout, if any, will be after 
the close of the four-year performance period.

Stock Options
Nokia’s outstanding global stock option plans have 
been approved by the Annual General Meetings in the 
year when the plan was launched, i.e. in 2001, 2003 
and 2005.

Each stock option entitles the holder to subscribe 

for one new Nokia share with a par value of EUR 0.06. 
Under the 2001 stock option plan the stock options 
are transferable by the participants. Under the 2003 
and 2005 plans the stock options are non-transferable. 
All of the stock options have a quarterly staggered 
vesting schedule, which has been Nokia’s policy since 
2001. The subcategories of stock options under the 
plans have a life of approximately fi ve years.

The exercise prices are determined at the time 
of the grant, on a quarterly basis equaling the trade 
volume weighted average price of the Nokia share 
on the Helsinki Stock Exchange during the trading 
days of the fi rst whole week of the second month (i.e. 
February, May, August or November) of the respective 
calendar quarter.

Restricted Shares
Since 2003 we have granted restricted shares to 
recruit, retain, reward and motivate selected high 
potential employees, who are critical to the future 
success of Nokia. It is the Personnel Committee’s phi-
losophy that restricted shares will be used only for key 
management positions and other critical resources. 
The 2003, 2004 and 2005 restricted share plans have 
been approved by the Board of Directors.

All of our restricted share plans have a restriction 

period of three years after grant. As the shares vest, 
they will be transferred and delivered to the recipi-
ents. Until the shares are transferred and delivered, 
the recipients will not have any shareholder rights, 
such as voting or dividend rights associated with 
these restricted shares.

Other Equity Plans for Employees
In addition to our global stock option plans described 
above, we have minor stock option plans for Nokia 
employees in the U.S. and Canada which do not result 
in an increase of the share capital of Nokia Corpora-
tion under which option holders receive Nokia ADSs. 
Also we have an Employee Share Purchase Plan in the 

United States, which permits all full-time Nokia em-
ployees located in the United States to acquire Nokia 
ADSs at a 15 % discount. The ADSs to be purchased are 
funded through monthly payroll deductions from the 
salary of the participants, and the ADSs are purchased 
on a monthly basis. As of December 31, 2005, a total 
of 1 866 518 ADSs had been purchased under the 
plan since its inception, and there were a total of ap-
proximately 1 000 participants. For more information 
of these plans, see Note 24 “Share-based payment” to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 25.

Equity-based 
compensation program 2006
Nokia’s Equity Program 2006
The Board of Directors announced its proposed scope 
and design for the 2006 Equity Program on January 26, 
2006. The main equity instrument in 2006 will be 
performance shares. In addition, stock options will be 
granted to a more limited population, and restricted 
shares will be used for a small number of high poten-
tial and critical employees.

The Performance Share Plan in 2006 will cover a 
performance period of three years (2006 – 2008) with 
no interim measurement period as compared with 
the 2004 and 2005 plans with a four-year performance 
periods and two-year interim measurement periods. 
No performance shares will vest unless the company 
performance reaches at least one of the threshold 
levels measured by two independent, pre-defi ned per-
formance criteria: the company’s average annual net 
sales growth and earnings per share (“EPS”) (basic) 
growth for 2006 to 2008.

The performance criteria of the Performance Share 
Plan 2006 are:

1 

2 

Average Annual Net Sales Growth: 5 % (threshold) 
and 20 % (maximum), and

Annual EPS Growth: EUR 0.96 (threshold) and 
EUR 1.41 in 2008 (maximum).

EPS growth is calculated based on the compounded 
annual growth rate over the performance period 
(2006 – 2008) compared to 2005 EPS of 0.83. Average 
Annual Net Sales Growth is calculated as an average of 

Corporate governance 

75

 
Corporate governance

the net sales growth rates for the years 2005 through 
2008. Both the EPS and Average Annual Net Sales 
Growth criteria are equally weighted and performance 
under each of the two performance criteria are calcu-
lated independent of each other.

Achievement of the maximum performance for 
both criteria will result in the vesting of the maximum 
of 32.6 million Nokia shares. Performance exceeding 
the maximum criteria does not increase the number 
of performance shares that will vest. Achievement 
of the threshold performance for both criteria, will 
result in the vesting of 8.15 million shares. If only one 
of the threshold levels of performance are achieved, 
only 4.08 million of the performance shares will vest. 
If none of the threshold levels are achieved, then none 
of the performance shares will vest. For performance 
between the threshold and maximum performance 
levels the settlement follows a linear scale. If the 
required performance levels are achieved, the settle-
ment will take place in 2009. Until the shares are 
transferred and delivered, the recipients will not have 
any shareholder rights, such as voting or dividend 
rights associated with these performance shares.

or, subject to the Board’s decision, a monthly basis. 
The intention is to determine the exercise prices at 
fair market value. The share subscription price for 
each subcategory of stock options to be issued will 
equal the trade volume weighted average price of 
Nokia shares on the Helsinki Stock Exchange for the 
fi rst whole week of the second month of the calendar 
quarter (i.e. February, May, August or November) or, 
for the monthly priced stock options that are priced 
monthly, the fi rst whole week of such calendar month 
when the subcategory of the stock option has been 
denominated. The stock options will have a quarterly 
staggered vesting schedule. The subcategories of 
stock options to be issued under the plan will have a 
life of approximately fi ve years, with the last of the 
subcategories expiring as of December 31, 2011.

The restricted shares to be granted under the 

Restricted Share Plan 2006 will have a three-year 
restriction period. The restricted shares will be 
delivered in 2009, subject to fulfi lling the restriction 
criteria. Shares are not eligible for any shareholder 
rights or voting rights during the restriction period, 
until transferred to plan participants.

The stock options to be granted in 2006 will be 

The maximum number of planned grants under 

primarily out of the Stock Option Plan 2005, approved 
by the Annual General Meeting, on April 7, 2005. 
Each stock option would entitle the option holder 
to subscribe for one newly issued Nokia share. The 
share subscription price applicable upon exercise of 
the stock options will be determined on a quarterly 

the 2006 Equity Program (i.e. performance shares, 
stock options and restricted shares) are depicted in 
the table below. The planned amounts for 2006 are in 
line with the total amounts approved and disclosed 
in 2005.

Number of planned grants in 2006 
(number, millions)

Plan type 

Annual grants 
2006 

Recruitment
and special
retention needs 

Stock Options 
Restricted Shares 
Performance Shares at Threshold 1 

8.90 
2.30 
4.50 

7.90 
7.20 
3.65 

1 

 The maximum number of shares to be delivered at maximum 
performance is four times the number originally granted (at 
threshold).

Total

16.80
9.50
8.15

As of December 31, 2005, the total dilution effect 
of Nokia’s stock options, performance shares and 
restricted shares currently outstanding, assuming 
full dilution, is approximately 4.2 % in the aggregate. 
The potential maximum effect of the proposed new 
program, including the impact of the equity grants 
in connection with the acquisition of Intellisync Inc., 
would be approximately another 1.4 %.

Cash Incentive Plans
In addition to equity-based compensation programs 
we also provide our executives and employees with 
cash incentive payments through our comprehensive 
cash incentive plans. These performance-based cash 
incentives include individual, team and project/pro-
gram incentive payments as well as the Nokia Con-
necting People bonus.

Share ownership
The following section describes the ownership, or 
potential ownership interest in the company of the 
members of our Board of Directors and the Group 
Executive Board, either through share ownership or 
through holding of equity based incentives, which 
may lead to a share ownership in the future. The 
members of the Board of Directors do not receive 
stock options or any other form of variable pay from 
the company, with the exception of Jorma Ollila, Chair-
man and CEO. His holdings of equity based incentives 
are accounted for below under the Group Executive 
Board, see page 78 “Management stock option owner-
ship” and page 80 “Performance Shares and Restricted 
Shares”.

Daniel R. Hesse and Edouard Michelin were 
elected as new members to the Board of Directors by 
the Annual General Meeting on April 7, 2005.

Of the Group Executive Board members, Sari 

Baldauf and J.T. Bergqvist ceased employment with 
us and resigned from the Group Executive Board with 
effect from January 31, 2005. Pekka Ala-Pietilä and 
Yrjö Neuvo resigned from the Group Executive Board 
with effect from October 1, 2005. Ala-Pietilä served as 
Executive Advisor for Nokia from October 1, 2005 until 
January 31, 2006, while Yrjö Neuvo retired at the end 
of 2005.

The following persons were appointed as new 
members to the Group Executive Board effective in 
2005: Tero Ojanperä was appointed a member with ef-
fect from January 1, 2005, Simon Beresford-Wylie from 
February 1, 2005, Robert Andersson and Kai Öistämö 
effective October 1, 2005.

On December 31, 2005, the members of our Board 
of Directors held the aggregate of 750 952 shares and 
ADS’s in the company, which represented 0.018 % of 
our outstanding share capital and total voting rights 
excluding shares held by the Group as of that date. The 
following table depicts the share ownership as well as 
other potential ownership interests in the company 
based on long-term equity incentives of the members 
of our Group Executive Board, in relation to the 
company’s outstanding share capital and total voting 
rights as of December 31, 2005.

76 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Group Executive Board, ownership of shares and equity-based incentives, December 31, 2005

Performance
shares at 
threshold 

418 800 

7 624 017 

8 042 817 

% 2 

4.586 

95.414 

100 

% 2 

Restricted
shares 

5.207 

94.793 

923 000 

4 262 676 

100 

5 185 676 

% 2

17.799

82.201

100

Shares 

% 1 

Stock 
options 

Group Executive Board 

632 833 

0.015 

6 626 157 

Other employees 

* 

* 

137 869 030 4 

Total 

144 495 187 

1 

2 

3 

4 

* 

The percentage is calculated in relation to the outstanding share capital and total voting rights of 
the company as of December 31, 2005, excluding shares held by the Group as of that date.

The percentage is calculated in relation to the total outstanding equity plans, i.e. stock options, 
performance shares and restricted shares, as applicable, as of December 31, 2005.

Performance shares at threshold represent the original grant. At maximum performance, the settle-
ment amounts to four times the number of performance shares originally granted (at threshold).

The number includes the total number of stock options outstanding, consisting of 128 091 354 
options held by other employees and 9 777 676 options sold to the market.

no information available.

Shares
The following two tables set forth the number of shares and ADSs benefi cially held 
by members of the Board of Directors and the Group Executive Board as of Decem-
ber 31, 2005.

Board of Directors 

Shares 1 

ADSs

Group Executive Board 

Shares 

ADSs

Jorma Ollila 2 

Paul J. Collins 
Georg Ehrnrooth 3 

Daniel R. Hesse 

Bengt Holmström 
Per Karlsson 3 

Edouard Michelin 

Marjorie Scardino 

Vesa Vainio 

Arne Wessberg 

Total 

231 433 

0

Robert Andersson 

0 

119 145

Simon Beresford-Wylie 

312 426 

0

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo 

0 

3 340

Pertti Korhonen 

14 250 

16 646 

4 870 

0

0

0

Mary McDowell 

Hallstein Moerk 

Tero Ojanperä 

0 

11 662

Richard Simonson 

25 214 

11 966 

0

0

Veli Sundbäck 

Anssi Vanjoki 

616 805 

134 147

Kai Öistämö 
Group Executive Board Total 1, 2 

15 000 

1 000 

100 000 

15 300 

0

0

0

0

0 

5 000

14 100 

0 

0 

125 000 

106 000 

0 

0

0

20 000

0

0

0

376 400 

25 000

1 

2 

3 

The number of shares includes not only shares acquired as compensation for services rendered as a 
member of the Board of Directors, but also shares acquired by any other means.

For Mr. Ollila’s holdings of long-term equity-based incentives, see “Stock Options ownership of the 
Group Executive Board, December 31, 2005” on page 78 and “Performance Shares and Restricted 
Shares” on page 80.

Mr. Ehrnrooth’s and Mr. Karlsson’s holdings include both shares held personally and shares held 
through a company.

1 

2 

Mr. Ala-Pietilä resigned as member of the Group Executive Board effective October 1, 2005, and 
ceased employment with us on January 31, 2006. He held 49 600 shares as of December 31, 2005.

Dr. Neuvo resigned as member of the Group Executive Board effective October 1, 2005, and ceased 
employment with us, effective December 31, 2005. He held 74 540 shares as of December 31, 2005.

Corporate governance 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Management stock option ownership
The following tables provide certain information relating to stock options held 
by members of the Group Executive Board as of December 31, 2005. These stock 
options were issued pursuant to our Nokia Stock Option Plans 2001, 2003 and 2005. 
For a description of our stock option plans, including information regarding the 
expiration date of the options under these plans, please see the table “Outstanding 
stock option plans of the Group, December 31, 2005” in Note 24 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements on page 25.

Stock option ownership of the Group Executive Board, December 31, 2005

Number of stock options 1 

Total realisable value
of stock options,
December 31, 2005
EUR 2

Exercise
price per
share EUR 

Exercisable  Unexercisable 

Exercisable 3  Unexercisable

36.75 

26.67 

17.89 

14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 
14.48 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 
14.48 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

15.05 
11.79 
12.79 

1 000 000 

468 750 

812 500 

450 000 
125 000 
0 

100 000 
46 875 
142 183 
67 500 
18 750 
0 
0 

21 500 
10 068 
24 375 
10 125 
3 250 
0 
0 

14 000 
6 557 
11 375 
7 310 
3 125 
0 

30 000 
14 057 
56 875 
28 125 
15 625 
0 

30 625 
15 625 
0 

0 

31 250 

187 500 

350 000 
275 000 
400 000 

0 
3 125 
32 817 
52 500 
41 250 
60 000 
100 000 

0 
682 
5 625 
7 875 
7 150 
12 000 
28 000 

0 
443 
2 625 
5 690 
6 875 
60 000 

0 
943 
13 125 
21 875 
34 375 
60 000 

39 375 
34 375 
60 000 

0 

0 

0 

0

0

0

225 000 
457 500 
0 

175 000
1 006 500
1 064 000

0 
0 
0 
33 750 
68 625 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
5 063 
11 895 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
3 655 
11 438 
0 

0 
0 
0 
14 063 
57 188 
0 

12 250 
57 188 
0 

0
0
0
26 250
150 975
159 600
97 000

0
0
0
3 938
26 169
31 920
27 160

0
0
0
2 845
25 163
159 600

0
0
0
10 938
125 813
159 600

15 750
125 813
159 600

Stock option 
category 

2001 A/B 

2001 C 4Q/01 

2002 A/B 

2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 
2005 4Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 
2005 4Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2003 4Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

Jorma Ollila  

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo  

Robert Andersson  

Simon Beresford-Wylie  

Pertti Korhonen  

Mary McDowell  

78 

Nokia in 2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock option ownership of the Group Executive Board, December 31, 2005, continued

Corporate governance

Hallstein Moerk  

Tero Ojanperä  

Richard Simonson  

Veli Sundbäck  

Anssi Vanjoki  

Kai Öistämö  

Number of stock options 1 

Total realisable value
of stock options,
December 31, 2005
EUR 2

Stock option 
category 

Exercise
price per
share EUR 

Exercisable  Unexercisable 

Exercisable 3  Unexercisable

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 C 3Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 
2005 4Q 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

20.61 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 
14.48 

30 000 
14 057 
24 375 
11 250 
9 375 
0 

12 500 
5 852 
11 779 
9 000 
3 125 
0 

36 000 
12 183 
6 465 
15 625 
0 

40 000 
18 750 
32 500 
28 125 
9 375 
0 

70 000 
32 807 
81 250 
56 250 
18 750 
0 

2 695 
2 013 
4 029 
6 465 
3 125 
0 
0 

0 
943 
5 625 
8 750 
20 625 
40 000 

0 
398 
2 721 
7 000 
6 875 
40 000 

0 
2 817 
5 035 
34 375 
60 000 

0 
1 250 
7 500 
21 875 
20 625 
40 000 

0 
2 193 
18 750 
43 750 
41 250 
60 000 

0 
682 
4 038 
5 035 
6 875 
12 800 
28 000 

0 
0 
0 
5 625 
34 313 
0 

0 
0 
0 
4 500 
11 438 
0 

0 
0 
3 233 
57 188 
0 

0 
0 
0 
14 063 
34 313 
0 

0 
0 
0 
28 125 
68 625 
0 

0 
0 
0 
3 233 
11 438 
0 
0 

0
0
0
4 375
75 488
106 400

0
0
0
3 500
25 163
106 400

0
0
2 518
125 813
159 600

0
0
0
10 938
75 488
106 400

0
0
0
21 875
150 975
159 600

0
0
0
2 518
25 163
34 048
27 160

Stock options held by the members 
of the Group Executive Board on 
December 31, 2005, Total 4 

4 141 895 

2 484 262 

1 233 703 

4 777 050

All outstanding stock option plans, Total 

110 863 400 

33 631 787 

15 213 285 

22 249 290

1 

2 

3 

Number of stock options equals the number of underlying shares represented by the option 
entitlement.

The realizable value of the stock options is based on the difference between the exercise price 
of the options and the closing market price of Nokia shares on the Helsinki Stock Exchange as of 
December 30, 2005 of EUR 15.45.

During 2005, there were no gains realized upon exercise of stock options to report, nor were any 
share-based incentive grants settled for the members of the Group Executive Board.

4 

Mr. Ala-Pietilä resigned as member of the Group Executive Board effective October 1, 2005, and 
ceased employment with us on January 31, 2006. Dr. Yrjö Neuvo resigned as member of the Group 
Executive Board effective October 1, 2005, and retired from Nokia effective December 31, 2005. 
The information relating to stock options held and retained by Mr. Ala-Pietilä and Dr. Neuvo as of the 
date of termination of employment is represented in the table on page 80.

Corporate governance 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Number of stock options a 

Total realisable 
value of stock 
options EUR b, c 

Realized gains
in 2005 on
stock options
exercised d

Exercise
price per
share 
EUR 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 
12.79 

36.75 
26.67 
17.89 
14.95 
11.79 

Stock option 
category 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 
2005 2Q 

2001 A/B 
2001 C 4Q/01 
2002 A/B 
2003 2Q 
2004 2Q 

Exercisable  Unexercisable 

Exercisable  Unexercisable 

0 
7 818 
15 625 
0 
30 000 
0 

70 000 
32 807 
56 875 
22 500 
6 250 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
2 193 
13 125 
17 500 
13 750 

0 
0 
0 
0 
97 800 
0 

0 
0 
0 
11 250 
22 875 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
8 750 
50 325 

Number 
of options 

250 000 
117 182 
203 125 
0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

Gains
EUR

5
6 356
145 448
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

Pekka Ala-Pietilä  
(Information as  
per January 31,  
2006)  

Yrjö Neuvo  
(Information as  
per December 31,  
2005)  

a 

b 

c 

d 

Number equals the number of underlying shares represented by the option entitlement.

For Dr. Neuvo the realisable value of the stock options is based on the difference between the exer-
cise price of the options and the closing market price of Nokia shares on the Helsinki Stock Exchange 
as of December 30, 2005, which was EUR 15.45.

For Mr. Ala-Pietilä the realisable value of the stock options is based on the difference between the 
exercise price of the options and the closing market price of Nokia shares on the Helsinki Stock 
Exchange as of January 31, 2006, which was EUR 15.05.

Realized gains in 2005 represent the total gross value received in 2005 in respect of options sold 
over the Helsinki Stock Exchange (transferable stock options).

Performance shares and restricted shares
The following table provides certain information relating to performance shares 
and restricted shares held by members of the Group Executive Board as of Decem-
ber 31, 2005. These entitlements were granted pursuant to our performance share 
plans 2004 and 2005 and restricted share plans 2003, 2004 and 2005. For a descrip-
tion of our performance share and restricted share plans, see Note 24 “Share-based 
payment” to the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 25 – 28.

Performance Shares 

Performance 
shares at 

Performance 
shares at 
threshold 2  maximum 2 
number 

number 

100 000 
100 000 

15 000 
15 000 

2 600 
3 000 

2 500 
15 000 

12 500 
15 000 

400 000 
400 000 

60 000 
60 000 

10 400 
12 000 

10 000 
60 000 

50 000 
60 000 

Jorma Ollila  

Olli-Pekka Kallasvuo  

Robert Andersson  

Simon Beresford-Wylie  

Pertti Korhonen  

Plan 
name 1 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

80 

Nokia in 2005

Value 
December 31, 
2005 3 
EUR 

3 090 000 
3 090 000 

463 500 
463 500 

80 340 
92 700 

77 250 
463 500 

386 250 
463 500 

Restricted Shares

Value
Number of  December 31,
2005 5
restricted 
EUR
shares 

100 000 
100 000 

35 000 
70 000 

15 000 
28 000 

1 545 000
1 545 000

540 750
1 081 500

231 750
432 600

22 000 

339 900

35 000 

540 750

35 000 
25 000 
35 000 

540 750
386 250
540 750

Plan 
name 4 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2003 

2005 

2003 
2004 
2005 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Restricted Shares

Value
Number of  December 31,
2005 5
restricted 
EUR
shares 

20 000 

309 000

35 000 

540 750

26 000 
20 000 
25 000 

15 000 
25 000 

33 250 
25 000 
35 000 

20 000 
25 000 

35 000 
35 000 

8 750 
15 000 
25 000 

401 700
309 000
386 250

231 750
386 250

513 713
386 250
540 750

309 000
386 250

540 750
540 750

135 188
231 750
386 250

Plan 
name 4 

2003 

2005 

2003 
2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2003 
2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2003 
2004 
2005 

Value 
December 31, 
2005 3 
EUR 

386 250 
463 500 

231 750 
309 000 

77 250 
309 000 

386 250 
463 500 

231 750 
309 000 

463 500 
463 500 

77 250 
98 880 

Performance Shares 

Performance 
shares at 

Performance 
shares at 
threshold 2  maximum 2 
number 

number 

12 500 
15 000 

7 500 
10 000 

2 500 
10 000 

12 500 
15 000 

7 500 
10 000 

15 000 
15 000 

2 500 
3 200 

50 000 
60 000 

30 000 
40 000 

10 000 
40 000 

50 000 
60 000 

30 000 
40 000 

60 000 
60 000 

10 000 
12 800 

Mary McDowell  

Hallstein Moerk  

Tero Ojanperä  

Richard Simonson  

Veli Sundbäck  

Anssi Vanjoki  

Kai Öistämö  

Plan 
name 1 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

2004 
2005 

Performance shares and 
Restricted shares held by the 
Group Executive Board, Total 6, 7 

All outstanding 
Performance shares and 
Restricted shares, Total 

418 800 

1 675 200 

12 940 920 

923 000 

14 260 350

8 042 817 

32 171 268 

248 523 045 

5 185 676 

80 118 694

1 

2 

3 

4 

The performance period for the 2004 plan is 2004 – 2007, with one interim measurement period for 
fiscal years 2004 – 2005.

Similarily, the performance period for the 2005 Plan is 2005 – 2008, with one interim measurement 
period for fiscal years 2005 – 2006.

5 

6 

Value is based on the closing market price of the Nokia share on the Helsinki Stock Exchange as of 
December 30, 2005 of EUR 15.45.

Pekka Ala-Pietilä resigned as member of the Group Executive Board as of October 1, 2005, and 
ceased employment with us on January 31, 2006.

For the performance share plans 2004 and 2005, the number of performance shares at threshold 
represents the number of performance shares granted. This number shall vest as shares, should the 
pre-determined threshold performance levels of the company be met. The maximum number of 
performance shares shall vest as shares, should the predetermined maximum performance levels be 
met. The maximum number of performance shares equals four times the number originally granted.

Value is based on the closing market price of the Nokia share on the Helsinki Stock Exchange as of 
December 30, 2005 of EUR 15.45. The value is presented for the target number of shares, which is 
two times the number at threshold. The target number is used for expensing the instruments in the 
company’s accounting.

Restriction period ends for the restricted share plan 2003 on October 1, 2006 (Vesting Date). Vesting 
Date for the 2004 plan is October 1, 2007, and for the 2005 plan October 1, 2008.

As of December 31, 2005 he held 35 000 restricted shares from each of the 2004 and 2005 Restricted 
Share Plans, 20 000 performance shares at threshold from the 2004 Performance Share Plan and 
15 000 performance shares at threshold from the 2005 Performance Share Plan. He forfeited all his 
performance shares and restricted shares in accordance with the relevant plan rules.

7 

Yrjö Neuvo resigned as member of the Group Executive Board effective October 1, 2005, and retired 
from Nokia as of December 31, 2005.

As of December 31, 2005 he held 5 000 performance shares at threshold from 2004 Performance 
Share Plan. He was entitled to keep all his performance shares in accordance with the relevant 
plan rules.

Corporate governance 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance

Stock ownership guidelines for Executive Management
One of the goals of our long-term equity-based incentive program is to focus execu-
tives on building value for shareholders. In addition to granting them stock options, 
performance shares and restricted shares, we also encourage stock ownership by 
our top executives. In January 2001, we introduced a stock ownership commitment 
guidelines with minimum recommendations tied to annual base salaries. For the 
members of the Group Executive Board, the recommended minimum investment in 
our shares corresponds to two times the member’s annual base salary. For Mr.  Kallas-
vuo, who has already met this requirement as of the end of 2005, the Board of 
Directors has set a new recommended minimum ownership guideline of three times 
his annual base salary. To meet this requirement, all members are expected to retain 
after-tax equity gains in shares until the same minimum investment level is met.

Insiders’ trading in securities
The Board of Directors has established a policy in respect of insiders’ trading in 
Nokia securities. Under the policy, the holdings of Nokia securities by the primary 
insiders (as defi ned in the policy) are public information, which is available in the 
Finnish Central Securities Depositary and on the company’s website. Both primary 
insiders and secondary insiders (as defi ned in the policy) are subject to a number of 
trading restrictions and rules, including among other things, prohibitions on trad-
ing in Nokia securities during the three-week “closed-window” period immediately 
preceding the disclosure of our quarterly results and the four-week “closed-
window” period immediately preceding the disclosure of our annual results. In 
addition, Nokia may set trading restrictions based on participation in projects. We 
update our insider trading policy from time to time and monitor our insiders’ com-
pliance with the policy on a regular basis. Nokia’s Insider Policy is in line with the 
Helsinki Stock Exchange Guidelines for Insiders and also sets requirements beyond 
these guidelines.

82 

Nokia in 2005

Auditor fees and services
PricewaterhouseCoopers Oy has served as Nokia’s independent auditor for each of 
the fi scal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. The independent 
auditor is elected annually by the Annual General Meeting. The Audit Committee will 
propose to the Annual General Meeting convening on March 30, 2006 that Pricewa-
terhouseCoopers Oy be elected as the independent auditor for 2006.

The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional services and 

other services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers to Nokia in 2005 and 2004.

EURm 

Audit fees 1 
Audit-related fees 2 
Tax fees 3 
All other fees 4 

Total 

2005 

2004

5.3 

1.0 

5.9 

0.1 

12.3 

4.2

1.0

5.0

0.3

10.5

1 

2 

3 

4 

Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of the company’s consolidated financial state-
ments and the statutory financial statements of the company’s subsidiaries. They also include 
fees billed for other audit services, which are those services that only the independent auditor 
reasonably can provide, and include the provision of comfort letters and consents and the review 
of documents filed with the SEC and other capital markets or local financial reporting regulatory 
bodies. The fees for 2005 include EUR 1.4 million of accrued audit fees for the 2005 year-end audit 
that were not billed until 2006; the fees for 2004 include EUR 0.8 million of accrued audit fees for the 
2004 year-end audit that were not billed until 2005.

Audit-Related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably 
related to the performance of the audit or review of the company’s financial statements or that are 
traditionally performed by the independent auditor, and include consultations concerning financial 
accounting and reporting standards; internal control matters and services in anticipation of the 
company’s compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; advice and assistance 
in connection with local statutory accounting requirements; due diligence related to acquisitions; 
and employee benefit plan audits and reviews; and miscellaneous reports in connection with grant 
applications.

Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and 
amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance and representation 
in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, transfer 
pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing authorities; tax planning services; 
and expatriate tax compliance, consultation and planning services.

All Other Fees include fees billed for company establishment, forensic accounting and occasional 
training services and, in 2004 only, for advisory services in connection with the outsourcing of an 
operational process and forensic accounting related to internal investigations.

Audit committee pre-approval policies and procedures
The Audit Committee of Nokia’s Board of Directors is responsible, among other mat-
ters, for the oversight of the external auditor subject to the requirements of Finnish 
law. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy regarding pre-approval of audit and 
permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors (the “Policy”).
Under the Policy, proposed services either (i) may be pre-approved by the Audit 

Committee without consideration of specifi c case-by-case services (“general pre-
approval”); or (ii) require the specifi c pre-approval of the Audit Committee (“specifi c 
pre-approval”). The Audit Committee may delegate either type of pre-approval 
authority to one or more of its members. The appendices to the Policy set out the 
audit, audit-related, including internal control, tax and other services that have re-
ceived the general pre-approval of the Audit Committee, which services are subject 
to annual review by the Audit Committee. All other audit, audit-related, including 
internal control, tax and other services must receive a specifi c pre-approval from 
the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee establishes budgeted fee levels annually for each of the 

four categories of audit and non-audit services that are pre-approved under the 
Policy, namely, audit, audit-related, tax and other services. Requests or applica-
tions to provide services that require specifi c approval by the Audit Committee are 
submitted to the Audit Committee by both the independent auditor and the Chief 
Financial Offi cer. At each regular meeting of the Audit Committee, the independent 
auditor provides a report in order for the Audit Committee to review the services 
that the external auditor is providing, as well as the status and cost of those 
services.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Investor information

Information on the Internet
www.nokia.com/investor

Investor relations contacts
investor.relations@nokia.com

Available on the Internet: fi nancial reports, Nokia 
management’s presentations, conference call and 
other investor related material, press releases as 
well as environmental and social information.

Nokia Investor Relations
102 Corporate Park Drive
White Plains, NY 10604-3802
USA
Tel. +1 914 368 0555
Fax +1 914 368 0600 

Nokia Investor Relations
P.O. Box 226
FIN-00045 NOKIA GROUP
Finland
Tel. +358 7180 34927
Fax +358 7180 38787

Annual General Meeting
Date: Thursday March 30, 2006 at 3:00 pm
Address: Helsinki Fair Centre, Messuaukio 1, 
Helsinki, Finland

Dividend
Dividend proposed by the Board of Directors 
for 2005 is EUR 0.37 per share.
The dividend record date is proposed to be 
April 8, 2006 and pay date April 21, 2006.

Stock exchanges
The shares of Nokia Corporation are quoted on the following stock exchanges:

HEX, Helsinki (quoted since 1915) 

Stockholmsbörsen (1983) 

Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (1988) 

New York Stock Exchange (1994) 

Symbol 

NOK1V 

NOKI 

NOA3 

NOK 

Trading currency

EUR

SEK

EUR

USD

Financial reporting
Nokia’s quarterly reports in 2006 are planned for 
April 20, July 20, and October 19. The 2006 results are 
planned to be published in January 2007.

List of indices 

NOK1V 

NOKI 

NOK

Information published in 2005
All Nokia’s press releases published in 2005 are 
available on the Internet at www.nokia.com.

HEX HEX General Index 

OMX Stockholm 

NYA NYSE Composite

HEXTELE HEX Telecommunications 

GENX Swedish General 

NNA NYSE Utilities

HEX 25 HEX 25 Index 

GENX04 Swedish Engineer 

NN NYSE Utilities

BE500 Bloomberg Europe 

GENX16 Swedish SX 16 Index 

CTN CSFB Technology

BETECH BBG Europe Technology 

SX5E DJ Euro STOCXX 50

SX5P DJ Europe STOXX

SX__ Various other DJ Indices

E300 FTSE Eurotop 300

MLO Merrill Lynch Tech 10

It should be noted that certain statements herein which are not his-

market trends and to respond timely and successfully to the needs of 

that  our  operations  rely  on;  15)  our  ability  to  protect  the  complex 

torical  facts,  including,  without  limitation,  those  regarding:  A)  the 

our customers; 4) the impact of changes in technology and our ability 

technologies that we or others develop or that we license from claims 

timing  of  product  and  solution  deliveries;  B)  our  ability  to  develop, 

to develop or otherwise acquire complex technologies as required by 

that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights, as 

implement  and  commercialize  new  products,  solutions  and  tech-

the market, with full rights needed to use; 5) competitiveness of our 

well as our unrestricted use on commercially acceptable terms of cer-

nologies;  C)  expectations  regarding  market  growth,  developments 

product portfolio; 6) timely and successful commercialization of new 

tain technologies in our products and solution offerings; 16) general 

and structural changes; D) expectations regarding our mobile device 

advanced products and solutions; 7) price erosion and cost manage-

economic conditions globally and, in particular, economic or political 

volume growth, market share and prices, E) expectations and targets 

ment; 8) the intensity of competition in the mobile communications 

turmoil in emerging market countries where we do business; 17) de-

for our results of operations; F) the outcome of pending and threat-

industry and our ability to maintain or improve our market position 

velopments under large, multi-year contracts or in relation to major 

ened  litigation;  and  G)  statements  preceded  by  “believe,”  “expect,” 

and respond to changes in the competitive landscape; 9) our ability 

customers;  18)  exchange  rate  fluctuations,  including,  in  particular, 

“anticipate,”  “foresee,”  “target,”  “designed”  or  similar  expressions 

to manage efficiently our manufacturing and logistics, as well as to 

fluctuations between the euro, which is our reporting currency, and 

are  forward-looking  statements.  Because  these  statements  involve 

ensure  the  quality,  safety,  security  and  timely  delivery  of  our  prod-

the US dollar, the Chinese yuan, the UK pound sterling and the Japa-

risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from the 

ucts  and  solutions;  10)  inventory  management  risks  resulting  from 

nese yen; 19) the management of our customer financing exposure; 

results that we currently expect. Factors that could cause these dif-

shifts in market demand; 11) our ability to source quality components 

20) our ability to recruit, retain and develop appropriately skilled em-

ferences include, but are not limited to: 1) the extent of the growth 

without interruption and at acceptable prices; 12) our success in col-

ployees; and 21) the impact of changes in government policies, laws 

of  the  mobile  communications  industry,  as  well  as  the  growth  and 

laboration arrangements relating to development of technologies or 

or regulations; as well as 22) the risk factors specified on pages 12 – 22 

profitability of the new market segments within that industry which 

new products and solutions; 13) the success, financial condition and 

of the company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended De-

we target; 2) the availability of new products and services by network 

performance of our collaboration partners, suppliers and customers; 

cember 31, 2005 under “Item 3.D Risk Factors.”

operators and other market participants; 3) our ability to identify key 

14) any disruption to information technology systems and networks 

Investor information 

83

 
 
 
 
Contact information

Nokia Head Offi ce

Keilalahdentie 2 – 4

FIN-02150 Espoo

P.O. Box 226

FIN-00045 Nokia Group

Finland

Tel. +358 (0) 7180 08000

Nokia Corporate Offi ce

6000 Connection Drive

Irving, Texas

75039

USA

Tel. +1 972 894 5000

Fax +1 972 894 5106

Nokia Corporate Offi ce 

– New York

102 Corporate Park Drive

White Plains, NY 10604-3802

USA

Tel. +1 914 368 0400

Fax +1 914 368 0500

Nokia Asia-Pacifi c

438B Alexandra Road #07 – 00

Alexandra Technopark

Singapore 119968

Tel. +65 6723 2323

Fax +65 6723 2324

.

y
O
m
ö
r
t
s
o
B
e
s
i

u
o
L

:
r
e
v
o
c

,

y
O
e
s
u
o
H
g
n

i
k
r
o
W
d
r
a
H

:

n
g

i
s
e
D

.

6
0
0
2

,

1
0
0
9
O
S
I
g
r
e
b
n
n
ö
L

.

G
F

.

2

m

/
g
0
0
1
x
n
y
L
n
e
k
n
u
M

:
r
e
p
a
P

2

m

/
g
0
4
2
x
n
y
L
n
e
k
n
u
M

:
r
e
v
o
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
.

n
o

i
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

a

i
k
o
N

f
o

s
k
r
a
m
e
d
a
r
t

d
e
r
e
t
s
i

g
e
r

e
r
a

e

l

p
o
e
P

g
n

i
t
c
e
n
n
o
C

a

i
k
o
N
d
n
a

a

i
k
o
N

.

d
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

s
t
h
g

i
r

l
l

A

.

n
o

i
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

a

i
k
o
N

.

6
0
0
2

©

t
h
g

i
r
y
p
o
C